Commit 2eb31b13d95e4cca8f21fe54e7b064b771a0383b
1 parent
ae7f451308
Exists in
v2017.01-smarct4x
and in
40 other branches
dm: Update README to encourage conversion to driver model
Add a note to encourage people to convert drivers to use driver model. Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Showing 1 changed file with 5 additions and 0 deletions Inline Diff
README
1 | # | 1 | # |
2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 | 2 | # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013 |
3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. | 3 | # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. |
4 | # | 4 | # |
5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ | 5 | # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+ |
6 | # | 6 | # |
7 | 7 | ||
8 | Summary: | 8 | Summary: |
9 | ======== | 9 | ======== |
10 | 10 | ||
11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for | 11 | This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for |
12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other | 12 | Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other |
13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to | 13 | processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to |
14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application | 14 | initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application |
15 | code. | 15 | code. |
16 | 16 | ||
17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of | 17 | The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of |
18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some | 18 | the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some |
19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to | 19 | header files in common, and special provision has been made to |
20 | support booting of Linux images. | 20 | support booting of Linux images. |
21 | 21 | ||
22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily | 22 | Some attention has been paid to make this software easily |
23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are | 23 | configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are |
24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to | 24 | implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to |
25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used | 25 | add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used |
26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can | 26 | code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can |
27 | load and run it dynamically. | 27 | load and run it dynamically. |
28 | 28 | ||
29 | 29 | ||
30 | Status: | 30 | Status: |
31 | ======= | 31 | ======= |
32 | 32 | ||
33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the | 33 | In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the |
34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered | 34 | Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered |
35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. | 35 | "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. |
36 | 36 | ||
37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out | 37 | In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out |
38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board | 38 | who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board |
39 | maintainers. | 39 | maintainers. |
40 | 40 | ||
41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; | 41 | Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; |
42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: | 42 | it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: |
43 | 43 | ||
44 | make CHANGELOG | 44 | make CHANGELOG |
45 | 45 | ||
46 | 46 | ||
47 | Where to get help: | 47 | Where to get help: |
48 | ================== | 48 | ================== |
49 | 49 | ||
50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for | 50 | In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for |
51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at | 51 | U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at |
52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic | 52 | <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic |
53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. | 53 | on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. |
54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and | 54 | Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and |
55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot | 55 | http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot |
56 | 56 | ||
57 | 57 | ||
58 | Where to get source code: | 58 | Where to get source code: |
59 | ========================= | 59 | ========================= |
60 | 60 | ||
61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at | 61 | The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at |
62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at | 62 | git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at |
63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary | 63 | http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary |
64 | 64 | ||
65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of | 65 | The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of |
66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also | 66 | any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also |
67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ | 67 | available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ |
68 | directory. | 68 | directory. |
69 | 69 | ||
70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from | 70 | Pre-built (and tested) images are available from |
71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ | 71 | ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ |
72 | 72 | ||
73 | 73 | ||
74 | Where we come from: | 74 | Where we come from: |
75 | =================== | 75 | =================== |
76 | 76 | ||
77 | - start from 8xxrom sources | 77 | - start from 8xxrom sources |
78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) | 78 | - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) |
79 | - clean up code | 79 | - clean up code |
80 | - make it easier to add custom boards | 80 | - make it easier to add custom boards |
81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs | 81 | - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs |
82 | - extend functions, especially: | 82 | - extend functions, especially: |
83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader | 83 | * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader |
84 | * S-Record download | 84 | * S-Record download |
85 | * network boot | 85 | * network boot |
86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot | 86 | * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot |
87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) | 87 | - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) |
88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) | 88 | - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) |
89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) | 89 | - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) |
90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot | 90 | - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot |
91 | 91 | ||
92 | 92 | ||
93 | Names and Spelling: | 93 | Names and Spelling: |
94 | =================== | 94 | =================== |
95 | 95 | ||
96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling | 96 | The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling |
97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments | 97 | "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments |
98 | in source files etc.). Example: | 98 | in source files etc.). Example: |
99 | 99 | ||
100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. | 100 | This is the README file for the U-Boot project. |
101 | 101 | ||
102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: | 102 | File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: |
103 | 103 | ||
104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h | 104 | include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h |
105 | 105 | ||
106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> | 106 | #include <asm/u-boot.h> |
107 | 107 | ||
108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on | 108 | Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on |
109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: | 109 | the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: |
110 | 110 | ||
111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo | 111 | U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo |
112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start | 112 | IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start |
113 | 113 | ||
114 | 114 | ||
115 | Versioning: | 115 | Versioning: |
116 | =========== | 116 | =========== |
117 | 117 | ||
118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases | 118 | Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases |
119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning | 119 | were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning |
120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by | 120 | into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by |
121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. | 121 | names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. |
122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix | 122 | Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix |
123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. | 123 | releases in "stable" maintenance trees. |
124 | 124 | ||
125 | Examples: | 125 | Examples: |
126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 | 126 | U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 |
127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree | 127 | U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree |
128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release | 128 | U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release |
129 | 129 | ||
130 | 130 | ||
131 | Directory Hierarchy: | 131 | Directory Hierarchy: |
132 | ==================== | 132 | ==================== |
133 | 133 | ||
134 | /arch Architecture specific files | 134 | /arch Architecture specific files |
135 | /arc Files generic to ARC architecture | 135 | /arc Files generic to ARC architecture |
136 | /cpu CPU specific files | 136 | /cpu CPU specific files |
137 | /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs | 137 | /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs |
138 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 138 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
139 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture | 139 | /arm Files generic to ARM architecture |
140 | /cpu CPU specific files | 140 | /cpu CPU specific files |
141 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs | 141 | /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs |
142 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs | 142 | /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs |
143 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU | 143 | /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU |
144 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs | 144 | /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs |
145 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs | 145 | /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs |
146 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs | 146 | /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs |
147 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs | 147 | /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs |
148 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs | 148 | /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs |
149 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs | 149 | /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs |
150 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 150 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
151 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture | 151 | /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture |
152 | /cpu CPU specific files | 152 | /cpu CPU specific files |
153 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 153 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
154 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture | 154 | /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture |
155 | /cpu CPU specific files | 155 | /cpu CPU specific files |
156 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 156 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
157 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture | 157 | /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture |
158 | /cpu CPU specific files | 158 | /cpu CPU specific files |
159 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs | 159 | /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs |
160 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs | 160 | /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs |
161 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs | 161 | /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs |
162 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs | 162 | /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs |
163 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs | 163 | /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs |
164 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 164 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
165 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture | 165 | /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture |
166 | /cpu CPU specific files | 166 | /cpu CPU specific files |
167 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 167 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
168 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture | 168 | /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture |
169 | /cpu CPU specific files | 169 | /cpu CPU specific files |
170 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs | 170 | /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs |
171 | /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs | 171 | /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs |
172 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 172 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
173 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture | 173 | /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture |
174 | /cpu CPU specific files | 174 | /cpu CPU specific files |
175 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs | 175 | /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs |
176 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 176 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
177 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture | 177 | /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture |
178 | /cpu CPU specific files | 178 | /cpu CPU specific files |
179 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 179 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
180 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture | 180 | /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture |
181 | /cpu CPU specific files | 181 | /cpu CPU specific files |
182 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 182 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
183 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture | 183 | /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture |
184 | /cpu CPU specific files | 184 | /cpu CPU specific files |
185 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs | 185 | /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs |
186 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs | 186 | /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs |
187 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs | 187 | /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs |
188 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs | 188 | /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs |
189 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs | 189 | /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs |
190 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs | 190 | /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs |
191 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs | 191 | /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs |
192 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs | 192 | /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs |
193 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 193 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
194 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture | 194 | /sh Files generic to SH architecture |
195 | /cpu CPU specific files | 195 | /cpu CPU specific files |
196 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs | 196 | /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs |
197 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs | 197 | /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs |
198 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs | 198 | /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs |
199 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 199 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
200 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture | 200 | /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture |
201 | /cpu CPU specific files | 201 | /cpu CPU specific files |
202 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU | 202 | /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU |
203 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU | 203 | /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU |
204 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 204 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
205 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture | 205 | /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture |
206 | /cpu CPU specific files | 206 | /cpu CPU specific files |
207 | /lib Architecture specific library files | 207 | /lib Architecture specific library files |
208 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps | 208 | /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps |
209 | /board Board dependent files | 209 | /board Board dependent files |
210 | /common Misc architecture independent functions | 210 | /common Misc architecture independent functions |
211 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling | 211 | /disk Code for disk drive partition handling |
212 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) | 212 | /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) |
213 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers | 213 | /drivers Commonly used device drivers |
214 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. | 214 | /dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt. |
215 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. | 215 | /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. |
216 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) | 216 | /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) |
217 | /include Header Files | 217 | /include Header Files |
218 | /lib Files generic to all architectures | 218 | /lib Files generic to all architectures |
219 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees | 219 | /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees |
220 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression | 220 | /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression |
221 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression | 221 | /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression |
222 | /net Networking code | 222 | /net Networking code |
223 | /post Power On Self Test | 223 | /post Power On Self Test |
224 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework | 224 | /spl Secondary Program Loader framework |
225 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. | 225 | /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. |
226 | 226 | ||
227 | Software Configuration: | 227 | Software Configuration: |
228 | ======================= | 228 | ======================= |
229 | 229 | ||
230 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the | 230 | Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the |
231 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. | 231 | rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. |
232 | 232 | ||
233 | There are two classes of configuration variables: | 233 | There are two classes of configuration variables: |
234 | 234 | ||
235 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: | 235 | * Configuration _OPTIONS_: |
236 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with | 236 | These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with |
237 | "CONFIG_". | 237 | "CONFIG_". |
238 | 238 | ||
239 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: | 239 | * Configuration _SETTINGS_: |
240 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if | 240 | These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if |
241 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with | 241 | you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with |
242 | "CONFIG_SYS_". | 242 | "CONFIG_SYS_". |
243 | 243 | ||
244 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even | 244 | Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even |
245 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to | 245 | identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to |
246 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic | 246 | do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic |
247 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards | 247 | links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards |
248 | as an example here. | 248 | as an example here. |
249 | 249 | ||
250 | 250 | ||
251 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: | 251 | Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: |
252 | --------------------------------------------------- | 252 | --------------------------------------------------- |
253 | 253 | ||
254 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default | 254 | For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default |
255 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". | 255 | configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". |
256 | 256 | ||
257 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: | 257 | Example: For a TQM823L module type: |
258 | 258 | ||
259 | cd u-boot | 259 | cd u-boot |
260 | make TQM823L_config | 260 | make TQM823L_config |
261 | 261 | ||
262 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; | 262 | For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; |
263 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent | 263 | e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent |
264 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. | 264 | directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. |
265 | 265 | ||
266 | 266 | ||
267 | Sandbox Environment: | 267 | Sandbox Environment: |
268 | -------------------- | 268 | -------------------- |
269 | 269 | ||
270 | U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' | 270 | U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox' |
271 | board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- | 271 | board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture- |
272 | specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to | 272 | specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to |
273 | run some of U-Boot's tests. | 273 | run some of U-Boot's tests. |
274 | 274 | ||
275 | See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. | 275 | See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details. |
276 | 276 | ||
277 | 277 | ||
278 | Configuration Options: | 278 | Configuration Options: |
279 | ---------------------- | 279 | ---------------------- |
280 | 280 | ||
281 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all | 281 | Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all |
282 | such information is kept in a configuration file | 282 | such information is kept in a configuration file |
283 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". | 283 | "include/configs/<board_name>.h". |
284 | 284 | ||
285 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in | 285 | Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in |
286 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". | 286 | "include/configs/TQM823L.h". |
287 | 287 | ||
288 | 288 | ||
289 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux | 289 | Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux |
290 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to | 290 | kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to |
291 | build a config tool - later. | 291 | build a config tool - later. |
292 | 292 | ||
293 | 293 | ||
294 | The following options need to be configured: | 294 | The following options need to be configured: |
295 | 295 | ||
296 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. | 296 | - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. |
297 | 297 | ||
298 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. | 298 | - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. |
299 | 299 | ||
300 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) | 300 | - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) |
301 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 | 301 | Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 |
302 | 302 | ||
303 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 303 | - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
304 | Define exactly one of | 304 | Define exactly one of |
305 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD | 305 | CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD |
306 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: | 306 | --- FIXME --- not tested yet: |
307 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, | 307 | CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, |
308 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 | 308 | CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 |
309 | 309 | ||
310 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 310 | - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
311 | Define exactly one of | 311 | Define exactly one of |
312 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 | 312 | CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 |
313 | 313 | ||
314 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) | 314 | - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) |
315 | Define one or more of | 315 | Define one or more of |
316 | CONFIG_CMA302 | 316 | CONFIG_CMA302 |
317 | 317 | ||
318 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) | 318 | - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) |
319 | Define one or more of | 319 | Define one or more of |
320 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on | 320 | CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on |
321 | the LCD display every second with | 321 | the LCD display every second with |
322 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ | 322 | a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ |
323 | 323 | ||
324 | - Marvell Family Member | 324 | - Marvell Family Member |
325 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable | 325 | CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable |
326 | multiple fs option at one time | 326 | multiple fs option at one time |
327 | for marvell soc family | 327 | for marvell soc family |
328 | 328 | ||
329 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) | 329 | - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) |
330 | Define exactly one of | 330 | Define exactly one of |
331 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 | 331 | CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 |
332 | 332 | ||
333 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) | 333 | - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) |
334 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if | 334 | CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if |
335 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work | 335 | get_gclk_freq() cannot work |
336 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz | 336 | e.g. if there is no 32KHz |
337 | reference PIT/RTC clock | 337 | reference PIT/RTC clock |
338 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK | 338 | CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK |
339 | or XTAL/EXTAL) | 339 | or XTAL/EXTAL) |
340 | 340 | ||
341 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): | 341 | - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): |
342 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN | 342 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN |
343 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX | 343 | CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX |
344 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT | 344 | CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT |
345 | See doc/README.MPC866 | 345 | See doc/README.MPC866 |
346 | 346 | ||
347 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK | 347 | CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK |
348 | 348 | ||
349 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead | 349 | Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead |
350 | of relying on the correctness of the configured | 350 | of relying on the correctness of the configured |
351 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure | 351 | values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure |
352 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note | 352 | the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note |
353 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz | 353 | that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz |
354 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) | 354 | RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) |
355 | 355 | ||
356 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE | 356 | CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE |
357 | 357 | ||
358 | Define this option if you want to enable the | 358 | Define this option if you want to enable the |
359 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. | 359 | ICache only when Code runs from RAM. |
360 | 360 | ||
361 | - 85xx CPU Options: | 361 | - 85xx CPU Options: |
362 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 | 362 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 |
363 | 363 | ||
364 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements | 364 | Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements |
365 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR | 365 | the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR |
366 | compliance, among other possible reasons. | 366 | compliance, among other possible reasons. |
367 | 367 | ||
368 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV | 368 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV |
369 | 369 | ||
370 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the | 370 | Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the |
371 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ | 371 | system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ |
372 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. | 372 | devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. |
373 | 373 | ||
374 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT | 374 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT |
375 | 375 | ||
376 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device | 376 | Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device |
377 | tree nodes for the given platform. | 377 | tree nodes for the given platform. |
378 | 378 | ||
379 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB | 379 | CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB |
380 | 380 | ||
381 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work | 381 | Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work |
382 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger | 382 | around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger |
383 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where | 383 | support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where |
384 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this | 384 | breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this |
385 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this | 385 | symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this |
386 | purpose. | 386 | purpose. |
387 | 387 | ||
388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 | 388 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 |
389 | 389 | ||
390 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, | 390 | Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, |
391 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and | 391 | then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and |
392 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. | 392 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. |
393 | 393 | ||
394 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV | 394 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV |
395 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) | 395 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) |
396 | 396 | ||
397 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) | 397 | Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) |
398 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. | 398 | for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. |
399 | 399 | ||
400 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision | 400 | The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision |
401 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus | 401 | of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus |
402 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls | 402 | p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls |
403 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. | 403 | whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. |
404 | 404 | ||
405 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about | 405 | See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about |
406 | this erratum. | 406 | this erratum. |
407 | 407 | ||
408 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND | 408 | CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND |
409 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only | 409 | Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only |
410 | requred during NOR boot. | 410 | requred during NOR boot. |
411 | 411 | ||
412 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY | 412 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY |
413 | 413 | ||
414 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 | 414 | This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 |
415 | according to the A004510 workaround. | 415 | according to the A004510 workaround. |
416 | 416 | ||
417 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR | 417 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR |
418 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is | 418 | This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is |
419 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. | 419 | connected exclusively to the DSP cores. |
420 | 420 | ||
421 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR | 421 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR |
422 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory | 422 | This value denotes start offset of M2 memory |
423 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. | 423 | which is directly connected to the DSP core. |
424 | 424 | ||
425 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR | 425 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR |
426 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly | 426 | This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly |
427 | connected to the DSP core. | 427 | connected to the DSP core. |
428 | 428 | ||
429 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT | 429 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT |
430 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. | 430 | This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space. |
431 | 431 | ||
432 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK | 432 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK |
433 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. | 433 | Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's. |
434 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply | 434 | In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply |
435 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. | 435 | clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock. |
436 | 436 | ||
437 | CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F | 437 | CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F |
438 | This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the | 438 | This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the |
439 | time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. | 439 | time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized. |
440 | 440 | ||
441 | CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP | 441 | CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP |
442 | Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is | 442 | Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is |
443 | supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. | 443 | supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up. |
444 | 444 | ||
445 | - Generic CPU options: | 445 | - Generic CPU options: |
446 | CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA | 446 | CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA |
447 | Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). | 447 | Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f(). |
448 | If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in | 448 | If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in |
449 | generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board | 449 | generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board |
450 | should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). | 450 | should initialize global data before calling board_init_f(). |
451 | 451 | ||
452 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN | 452 | CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN |
453 | 453 | ||
454 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those | 454 | Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those |
455 | values is arch specific. | 455 | values is arch specific. |
456 | 456 | ||
457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR | 457 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR |
458 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is | 458 | Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is |
459 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core | 459 | found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core |
460 | SoCs. | 460 | SoCs. |
461 | 461 | ||
462 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR | 462 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR |
463 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. | 463 | Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base. |
464 | 464 | ||
465 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU | 465 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU |
466 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as | 466 | Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as |
467 | deskew training are not available. | 467 | deskew training are not available. |
468 | 468 | ||
469 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 | 469 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1 |
470 | Freescale DDR1 controller. | 470 | Freescale DDR1 controller. |
471 | 471 | ||
472 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 | 472 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2 |
473 | Freescale DDR2 controller. | 473 | Freescale DDR2 controller. |
474 | 474 | ||
475 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 | 475 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3 |
476 | Freescale DDR3 controller. | 476 | Freescale DDR3 controller. |
477 | 477 | ||
478 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 | 478 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4 |
479 | Freescale DDR4 controller. | 479 | Freescale DDR4 controller. |
480 | 480 | ||
481 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 | 481 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3 |
482 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. | 482 | Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs. |
483 | 483 | ||
484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 | 484 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1 |
485 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 485 | Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
486 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board | 486 | Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board |
487 | implemetation. | 487 | implemetation. |
488 | 488 | ||
489 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 | 489 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2 |
490 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with | 490 | Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with |
491 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board | 491 | Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board |
492 | implementation. | 492 | implementation. |
493 | 493 | ||
494 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 | 494 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3 |
495 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 495 | Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
496 | Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. | 496 | Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers. |
497 | 497 | ||
498 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L | 498 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L |
499 | Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 499 | Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
500 | DDR3L controllers. | 500 | DDR3L controllers. |
501 | 501 | ||
502 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 | 502 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4 |
503 | Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with | 503 | Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with |
504 | DDR4 controllers. | 504 | DDR4 controllers. |
505 | 505 | ||
506 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE | 506 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE |
507 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian | 507 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian |
508 | 508 | ||
509 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE | 509 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE |
510 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian | 510 | Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian |
511 | 511 | ||
512 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI | 512 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI |
513 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. | 513 | It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image. |
514 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 514 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
515 | 515 | ||
516 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW | 516 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW |
517 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. | 517 | It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image. |
518 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. | 518 | PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution. |
519 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details | 519 | Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details |
520 | 520 | ||
521 | CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL | 521 | CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL |
522 | It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format | 522 | It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format |
523 | concatenated with u-boot binary. | 523 | concatenated with u-boot binary. |
524 | 524 | ||
525 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE | 525 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE |
526 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian | 526 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian |
527 | 527 | ||
528 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE | 528 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE |
529 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian | 529 | Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian |
530 | 530 | ||
531 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY | 531 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY |
532 | Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the | 532 | Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the |
533 | same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But | 533 | same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But |
534 | it could be different for ARM SoCs. | 534 | it could be different for ARM SoCs. |
535 | 535 | ||
536 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B | 536 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B |
537 | DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special | 537 | DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special |
538 | interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape | 538 | interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape |
539 | SoCs with ARM core. | 539 | SoCs with ARM core. |
540 | 540 | ||
541 | - Intel Monahans options: | 541 | - Intel Monahans options: |
542 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO | 542 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO |
543 | 543 | ||
544 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator | 544 | Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator |
545 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core | 545 | ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core |
546 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. | 546 | frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. |
547 | 547 | ||
548 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO | 548 | CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO |
549 | 549 | ||
550 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator | 550 | Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator |
551 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and | 551 | ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and |
552 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied | 552 | 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied |
553 | by this value. | 553 | by this value. |
554 | 554 | ||
555 | - MIPS CPU options: | 555 | - MIPS CPU options: |
556 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET | 556 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET |
557 | 557 | ||
558 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack | 558 | Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack |
559 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before | 559 | pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before |
560 | relocation. | 560 | relocation. |
561 | 561 | ||
562 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE | 562 | CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE |
563 | 563 | ||
564 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. | 564 | Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. |
565 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. | 565 | See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. |
566 | Possible values are: | 566 | Possible values are: |
567 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA | 567 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA |
568 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA | 568 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA |
569 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED | 569 | CONF_CM_UNCACHED |
570 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT | 570 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT |
571 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE | 571 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE |
572 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW | 572 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW |
573 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW | 573 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW |
574 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED | 574 | CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED |
575 | 575 | ||
576 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG | 576 | CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG |
577 | 577 | ||
578 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. | 578 | Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. |
579 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. | 579 | See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. |
580 | 580 | ||
581 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES | 581 | CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES |
582 | 582 | ||
583 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq | 583 | Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq |
584 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to | 584 | XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to |
585 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. | 585 | be swapped if a flash programmer is used. |
586 | 586 | ||
587 | - ARM options: | 587 | - ARM options: |
588 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH | 588 | CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH |
589 | 589 | ||
590 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not | 590 | Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not |
591 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. | 591 | clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. |
592 | 592 | ||
593 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD | 593 | CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD |
594 | 594 | ||
595 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction | 595 | Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction |
596 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides | 596 | set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides |
597 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support | 597 | better code density. For ARM architectures that support |
598 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by | 598 | Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by |
599 | GCC. | 599 | GCC. |
600 | 600 | ||
601 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 | 601 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 |
602 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 | 602 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 |
603 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 | 603 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 |
604 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 | 604 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 |
605 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 | 605 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072 |
606 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 | 606 | CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320 |
607 | 607 | ||
608 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early | 608 | If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early |
609 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the | 609 | during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the |
610 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection | 610 | workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection |
611 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not | 611 | exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not |
612 | set these options unless they apply! | 612 | set these options unless they apply! |
613 | 613 | ||
614 | - CPU timer options: | 614 | - CPU timer options: |
615 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ | 615 | CONFIG_SYS_HZ |
616 | 616 | ||
617 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). | 617 | The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). |
618 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG | 618 | get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG |
619 | option must be set to 1000. | 619 | option must be set to 1000. |
620 | 620 | ||
621 | - Linux Kernel Interface: | 621 | - Linux Kernel Interface: |
622 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ | 622 | CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ |
623 | 623 | ||
624 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz | 624 | U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz |
625 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux | 625 | internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux |
626 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the | 626 | kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the |
627 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable | 627 | bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable |
628 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot | 628 | "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot |
629 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the | 629 | converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the |
630 | Linux kernel. | 630 | Linux kernel. |
631 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of | 631 | When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of |
632 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the | 632 | "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the |
633 | default environment. | 633 | default environment. |
634 | 634 | ||
635 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] | 635 | CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] |
636 | 636 | ||
637 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions | 637 | When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions |
638 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. | 638 | expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. |
639 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. | 639 | Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. |
640 | 640 | ||
641 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 641 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
642 | 642 | ||
643 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be | 643 | New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be |
644 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware | 644 | passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware |
645 | concepts). | 645 | concepts). |
646 | 646 | ||
647 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 647 | CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
648 | * New libfdt-based support | 648 | * New libfdt-based support |
649 | * Adds the "fdt" command | 649 | * Adds the "fdt" command |
650 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt | 650 | * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt |
651 | 651 | ||
652 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for | 652 | OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for |
653 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 653 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
654 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for | 654 | OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for |
655 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). | 655 | MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). |
656 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. | 656 | OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. |
657 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device | 657 | OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device |
658 | 658 | ||
659 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC | 659 | boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC |
660 | addresses | 660 | addresses |
661 | 661 | ||
662 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP | 662 | CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP |
663 | 663 | ||
664 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make | 664 | Board code has addition modification that it wants to make |
665 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel | 665 | to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel |
666 | 666 | ||
667 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU | 667 | CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU |
668 | 668 | ||
669 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot | 669 | This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot |
670 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. | 670 | param header, the default value is zero if undefined. |
671 | 671 | ||
672 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP | 672 | CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP |
673 | 673 | ||
674 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. | 674 | U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. |
675 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot | 675 | If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot |
676 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, | 676 | removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, |
677 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and | 677 | so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and |
678 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where | 678 | crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where |
679 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. | 679 | no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. |
680 | 680 | ||
681 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] | 681 | CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] |
682 | 682 | ||
683 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one | 683 | This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one |
684 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type | 684 | machine type and must be used to specify the machine type |
685 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry | 685 | number as it appears in the ARM machine registry |
686 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). | 686 | (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). |
687 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported | 687 | Only boards that have multiple machine types supported |
688 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is | 688 | in a single configuration file and the machine type is |
689 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. | 689 | runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. |
690 | 690 | ||
691 | - vxWorks boot parameters: | 691 | - vxWorks boot parameters: |
692 | 692 | ||
693 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following | 693 | bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following |
694 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. | 694 | environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. |
695 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. | 695 | It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. |
696 | 696 | ||
697 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name | 697 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name |
698 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address | 698 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address |
699 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server | 699 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server |
700 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters | 700 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters |
701 | 701 | ||
702 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS | 702 | CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS |
703 | 703 | ||
704 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" | 704 | Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" |
705 | 705 | ||
706 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride | 706 | Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride |
707 | the defaults discussed just above. | 707 | the defaults discussed just above. |
708 | 708 | ||
709 | - Cache Configuration: | 709 | - Cache Configuration: |
710 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot | 710 | CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot |
711 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot | 711 | CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot |
712 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot | 712 | CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot |
713 | 713 | ||
714 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: | 714 | - Cache Configuration for ARM: |
715 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache | 715 | CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache |
716 | controller | 716 | controller |
717 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 | 717 | CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 |
718 | controller register space | 718 | controller register space |
719 | 719 | ||
720 | - Serial Ports: | 720 | - Serial Ports: |
721 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL | 721 | CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL |
722 | 722 | ||
723 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. | 723 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. |
724 | 724 | ||
725 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL | 725 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL |
726 | 726 | ||
727 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. | 727 | Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. |
728 | 728 | ||
729 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK | 729 | CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK |
730 | 730 | ||
731 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to | 731 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to |
732 | the clock speed of the UARTs. | 732 | the clock speed of the UARTs. |
733 | 733 | ||
734 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS | 734 | CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS |
735 | 735 | ||
736 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, | 736 | If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, |
737 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) | 737 | define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) |
738 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h | 738 | port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h |
739 | 739 | ||
740 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR | 740 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR |
741 | 741 | ||
742 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) | 742 | Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) |
743 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set | 743 | have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set |
744 | this variable to initialize the extra register. | 744 | this variable to initialize the extra register. |
745 | 745 | ||
746 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT | 746 | CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT |
747 | 747 | ||
748 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage | 748 | On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage |
749 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this | 749 | boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this |
750 | variable to flush the UART at init time. | 750 | variable to flush the UART at init time. |
751 | 751 | ||
752 | CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL | 752 | CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL |
753 | 753 | ||
754 | Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. | 754 | Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver. |
755 | Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver | 755 | Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver |
756 | 756 | ||
757 | - Console Interface: | 757 | - Console Interface: |
758 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port | 758 | Depending on board, define exactly one serial port |
759 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, | 759 | (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, |
760 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial | 760 | CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial |
761 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE | 761 | console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE |
762 | 762 | ||
763 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial | 763 | Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial |
764 | port routines must be defined elsewhere | 764 | port routines must be defined elsewhere |
765 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) | 765 | (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) |
766 | 766 | ||
767 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 767 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
768 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following | 768 | Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following |
769 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) | 769 | defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) |
770 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation | 770 | VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation |
771 | (default big endian) | 771 | (default big endian) |
772 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports | 772 | VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports |
773 | rectangle fill | 773 | rectangle fill |
774 | (cf. smiLynxEM) | 774 | (cf. smiLynxEM) |
775 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports | 775 | VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports |
776 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) | 776 | bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) |
777 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns | 777 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns |
778 | (cols=pitch) | 778 | (cols=pitch) |
779 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows | 779 | VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows |
780 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel | 780 | VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel |
781 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format | 781 | VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format |
782 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) | 782 | (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) |
783 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address | 783 | VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address |
784 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct | 784 | VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct |
785 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) | 785 | (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) |
786 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct | 786 | VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct |
787 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) | 787 | (i.e. i8042_tstc) |
788 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct | 788 | VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct |
789 | (i.e. i8042_getc) | 789 | (i.e. i8042_getc) |
790 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off | 790 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off |
791 | (requires blink timer | 791 | (requires blink timer |
792 | cf. i8042.c) | 792 | cf. i8042.c) |
793 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) | 793 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) |
794 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in | 794 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in |
795 | upper right corner | 795 | upper right corner |
796 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) | 796 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) |
797 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in | 797 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in |
798 | upper left corner | 798 | upper left corner |
799 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of | 799 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of |
800 | linux_logo.h for logo. | 800 | linux_logo.h for logo. |
801 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 801 | Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
802 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO | 802 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO |
803 | additional board info beside | 803 | additional board info beside |
804 | the logo | 804 | the logo |
805 | 805 | ||
806 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support | 806 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support |
807 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, | 807 | a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, |
808 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). | 808 | erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). |
809 | 809 | ||
810 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is | 810 | When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is |
811 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with | 811 | default i/o. Serial console can be forced with |
812 | environment 'console=serial'. | 812 | environment 'console=serial'. |
813 | 813 | ||
814 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console | 814 | When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console |
815 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with | 815 | messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with |
816 | the "silent" environment variable. See | 816 | the "silent" environment variable. See |
817 | doc/README.silent for more information. | 817 | doc/README.silent for more information. |
818 | 818 | ||
819 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default | 819 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default |
820 | is 0x00. | 820 | is 0x00. |
821 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default | 821 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default |
822 | is 0xa0. | 822 | is 0xa0. |
823 | 823 | ||
824 | - Console Baudrate: | 824 | - Console Baudrate: |
825 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps | 825 | CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps |
826 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 826 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
827 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 827 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
828 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale | 828 | CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale |
829 | 829 | ||
830 | - Console Rx buffer length | 830 | - Console Rx buffer length |
831 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define | 831 | With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define |
832 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. | 832 | the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. |
833 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. | 833 | This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. |
834 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE | 834 | If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE |
835 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for | 835 | must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for |
836 | the SMC. | 836 | the SMC. |
837 | 837 | ||
838 | - Pre-Console Buffer: | 838 | - Pre-Console Buffer: |
839 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART | 839 | Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART |
840 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. | 840 | initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. |
841 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to | 841 | Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to |
842 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being | 842 | buffer any console messages prior to the console being |
843 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 843 | initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
844 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is | 844 | bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is |
845 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ | 845 | a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ |
846 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the | 846 | bytes are output before the console is initialised, the |
847 | earlier bytes are discarded. | 847 | earlier bytes are discarded. |
848 | 848 | ||
849 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if | 849 | 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if |
850 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 | 850 | CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 |
851 | 851 | ||
852 | - Safe printf() functions | 852 | - Safe printf() functions |
853 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of | 853 | Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of |
854 | the printf() functions. These are defined in | 854 | the printf() functions. These are defined in |
855 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and | 855 | include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and |
856 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. | 856 | so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. |
857 | If this option is not given then these functions will | 857 | If this option is not given then these functions will |
858 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means | 858 | silently discard their buffer size argument - this means |
859 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. | 859 | you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. |
860 | 860 | ||
861 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds | 861 | - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds |
862 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; | 862 | Delay before automatically booting the default image; |
863 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. | 863 | set to -1 to disable autoboot. |
864 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort | 864 | set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort |
865 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). | 865 | (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). |
866 | 866 | ||
867 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that | 867 | See doc/README.autoboot for these options that |
868 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. | 868 | work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. |
869 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 869 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
870 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN | 870 | CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN |
871 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED | 871 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED |
872 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT | 872 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT |
873 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 873 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
874 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 874 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
875 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 | 875 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 |
876 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 | 876 | CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 |
877 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK | 877 | CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK |
878 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY | 878 | CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY |
879 | 879 | ||
880 | - Autoboot Command: | 880 | - Autoboot Command: |
881 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 881 | CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
882 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; | 882 | Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; |
883 | define a command string that is automatically executed | 883 | define a command string that is automatically executed |
884 | when no character is read on the console interface | 884 | when no character is read on the console interface |
885 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. | 885 | within "Boot Delay" after reset. |
886 | 886 | ||
887 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS | 887 | CONFIG_BOOTARGS |
888 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm | 888 | This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm |
889 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the | 889 | command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the |
890 | environment value "bootargs". | 890 | environment value "bootargs". |
891 | 891 | ||
892 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT | 892 | CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT |
893 | The value of these goes into the environment as | 893 | The value of these goes into the environment as |
894 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used | 894 | "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used |
895 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from | 895 | as a convenience, when switching between booting from |
896 | RAM and NFS. | 896 | RAM and NFS. |
897 | 897 | ||
898 | - Bootcount: | 898 | - Bootcount: |
899 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 899 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
900 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot | 900 | Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot |
901 | cycle, see: | 901 | cycle, see: |
902 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 902 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
903 | 903 | ||
904 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV | 904 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV |
905 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware | 905 | If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware |
906 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a | 906 | "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a |
907 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable | 907 | saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable |
908 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is | 908 | "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is |
909 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is | 909 | 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is |
910 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. | 910 | 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment. |
911 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" | 911 | So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available" |
912 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. | 912 | and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully. |
913 | 913 | ||
914 | - Pre-Boot Commands: | 914 | - Pre-Boot Commands: |
915 | CONFIG_PREBOOT | 915 | CONFIG_PREBOOT |
916 | 916 | ||
917 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the | 917 | When this option is #defined, the existence of the |
918 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked | 918 | environment variable "preboot" will be checked |
919 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 919 | immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
920 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. | 920 | countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. |
921 | entering interactive mode. | 921 | entering interactive mode. |
922 | 922 | ||
923 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is | 923 | This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is |
924 | automatically generated or modified. For an example | 924 | automatically generated or modified. For an example |
925 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is | 925 | see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is |
926 | modified when the user holds down a certain | 926 | modified when the user holds down a certain |
927 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when | 927 | combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when |
928 | booting the systems | 928 | booting the systems |
929 | 929 | ||
930 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: | 930 | - Serial Download Echo Mode: |
931 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 931 | CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
932 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a | 932 | If defined to 1, all characters received during a |
933 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are | 933 | serial download (using the "loads" command) are |
934 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal | 934 | echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal |
935 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take | 935 | emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take |
936 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial | 936 | time on others. This setting #define's the initial |
937 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. | 937 | value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. |
938 | 938 | ||
939 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) | 939 | - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) |
940 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE | 940 | CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE |
941 | Select one of the baudrates listed in | 941 | Select one of the baudrates listed in |
942 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. | 942 | CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. |
943 | 943 | ||
944 | - Monitor Functions: | 944 | - Monitor Functions: |
945 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded | 945 | Monitor commands can be included or excluded |
946 | from the build by using the #include files | 946 | from the build by using the #include files |
947 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted | 947 | <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted |
948 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> | 948 | commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> |
949 | and augmenting with additional #define's | 949 | and augmenting with additional #define's |
950 | for wanted commands. | 950 | for wanted commands. |
951 | 951 | ||
952 | The default command configuration includes all commands | 952 | The default command configuration includes all commands |
953 | except those marked below with a "*". | 953 | except those marked below with a "*". |
954 | 954 | ||
955 | CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt | 955 | CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt |
956 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable | 956 | CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable |
957 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo | 957 | CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo |
958 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger | 958 | CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger |
959 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support | 959 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support |
960 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands | 960 | CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands |
961 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd | 961 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd |
962 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache | 962 | CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache |
963 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support | 963 | CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support |
964 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo | 964 | CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo |
965 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 | 965 | CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 |
966 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... | 966 | CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... |
967 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support | 967 | CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support |
968 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics | 968 | CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics |
969 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands | 969 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands |
970 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command | 970 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command |
971 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd | 971 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd |
972 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command | 972 | CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command |
973 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat | 973 | CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat |
974 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments | 974 | CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments |
975 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable | 975 | CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable |
976 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support | 976 | CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support |
977 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx | 977 | CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx |
978 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks | 978 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks |
979 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags | 979 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags |
980 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable | 980 | CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable |
981 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment | 981 | CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment |
982 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support | 982 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support |
983 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support | 983 | CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support |
984 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) | 984 | CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls) |
985 | that work for multiple fs types | 985 | that work for multiple fs types |
986 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv | 986 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv |
987 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support | 987 | CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support |
988 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support | 988 | CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support |
989 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect | 989 | CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect |
990 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support | 990 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support |
991 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support | 991 | CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support |
992 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot | 992 | CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot |
993 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) | 993 | CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) |
994 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment | 994 | CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment |
995 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest | 995 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest |
996 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control | 996 | CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control |
997 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support | 997 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support |
998 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support | 998 | CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support |
999 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo | 999 | CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo |
1000 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash | 1000 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash |
1001 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash | 1001 | CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash |
1002 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support | 1002 | CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support |
1003 | CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging | 1003 | CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging |
1004 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment | 1004 | CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment |
1005 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env | 1005 | CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env |
1006 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo | 1006 | CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo |
1007 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values | 1007 | CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values |
1008 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support | 1008 | CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support |
1009 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb | 1009 | CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb |
1010 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) | 1010 | CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) |
1011 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration | 1011 | CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration |
1012 | (169.254.*.*) | 1012 | (169.254.*.*) |
1013 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb | 1013 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb |
1014 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads | 1014 | CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads |
1015 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest | 1015 | CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest |
1016 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) | 1016 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) |
1017 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information | 1017 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information |
1018 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, | 1018 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, |
1019 | loop, loopw | 1019 | loop, loopw |
1020 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest | 1020 | CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest |
1021 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc | 1021 | CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc |
1022 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support | 1022 | CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support |
1023 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands | 1023 | CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands |
1024 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support | 1024 | CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support |
1025 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support | 1025 | CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support |
1026 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot | 1026 | CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot |
1027 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support | 1027 | CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support |
1028 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands | 1028 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands |
1029 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command | 1029 | CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command |
1030 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo | 1030 | CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo |
1031 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support | 1031 | CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support |
1032 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network | 1032 | CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network |
1033 | host | 1033 | host |
1034 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O | 1034 | CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O |
1035 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition | 1035 | CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition |
1036 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump | 1036 | CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump |
1037 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable | 1037 | CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable |
1038 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features | 1038 | CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features |
1039 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump | 1039 | CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump |
1040 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support | 1040 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support |
1041 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information | 1041 | CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information |
1042 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) | 1042 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) |
1043 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access | 1043 | CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access |
1044 | (4xx only) | 1044 | (4xx only) |
1045 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash | 1045 | CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash |
1046 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest | 1046 | CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest |
1047 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) | 1047 | (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) |
1048 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x | 1048 | CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x |
1049 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support | 1049 | CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support |
1050 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support | 1050 | CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support |
1051 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode | 1051 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode |
1052 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) | 1052 | CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) |
1053 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) | 1053 | CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) |
1054 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer | 1054 | CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer |
1055 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support | 1055 | CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support |
1056 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support | 1056 | CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support |
1057 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support | 1057 | CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support |
1058 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image | 1058 | CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image |
1059 | CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string | 1059 | CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string |
1060 | 1060 | ||
1061 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network | 1061 | EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network |
1062 | support you can write: | 1062 | support you can write: |
1063 | 1063 | ||
1064 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" | 1064 | #include "config_cmd_all.h" |
1065 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET | 1065 | #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET |
1066 | 1066 | ||
1067 | Other Commands: | 1067 | Other Commands: |
1068 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT | 1068 | fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT |
1069 | 1069 | ||
1070 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands | 1070 | Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands |
1071 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know | 1071 | (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know |
1072 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data | 1072 | what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data |
1073 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or | 1073 | cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or |
1074 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be | 1074 | 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be |
1075 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other | 1075 | uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other |
1076 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an | 1076 | systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an |
1077 | initial stack and some data. | 1077 | initial stack and some data. |
1078 | 1078 | ||
1079 | 1079 | ||
1080 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! | 1080 | XXX - this list needs to get updated! |
1081 | 1081 | ||
1082 | - Regular expression support: | 1082 | - Regular expression support: |
1083 | CONFIG_REGEX | 1083 | CONFIG_REGEX |
1084 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against | 1084 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against |
1085 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, | 1085 | the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, |
1086 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for | 1086 | which adds regex support to some commands, as for |
1087 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". | 1087 | example "env grep" and "setexpr". |
1088 | 1088 | ||
1089 | - Device tree: | 1089 | - Device tree: |
1090 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 1090 | CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
1091 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree | 1091 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree |
1092 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically | 1092 | to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically |
1093 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is | 1093 | compiled #defines in the board file. This option is |
1094 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device | 1094 | experimental and only available on a few boards. The device |
1095 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. | 1095 | tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. |
1096 | 1096 | ||
1097 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can | 1097 | U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can |
1098 | be done using one of the two options below: | 1098 | be done using one of the two options below: |
1099 | 1099 | ||
1100 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED | 1100 | CONFIG_OF_EMBED |
1101 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree | 1101 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree |
1102 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the | 1102 | binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the |
1103 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file | 1103 | board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file |
1104 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through | 1104 | is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through |
1105 | the global data structure as gd->blob. | 1105 | the global data structure as gd->blob. |
1106 | 1106 | ||
1107 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE | 1107 | CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE |
1108 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree | 1108 | If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree |
1109 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific | 1109 | binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific |
1110 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: | 1110 | code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: |
1111 | 1111 | ||
1112 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin | 1112 | cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin |
1113 | 1113 | ||
1114 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called | 1114 | and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called |
1115 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can | 1115 | u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can |
1116 | still use the individual files if you need something more | 1116 | still use the individual files if you need something more |
1117 | exotic. | 1117 | exotic. |
1118 | 1118 | ||
1119 | - Watchdog: | 1119 | - Watchdog: |
1120 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG | 1120 | CONFIG_WATCHDOG |
1121 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog | 1121 | If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog |
1122 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC | 1122 | support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC |
1123 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 | 1123 | specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 |
1124 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR | 1124 | CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR |
1125 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is | 1125 | register. When supported for a specific SoC is |
1126 | available, then no further board specific code should | 1126 | available, then no further board specific code should |
1127 | be needed to use it. | 1127 | be needed to use it. |
1128 | 1128 | ||
1129 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG | 1129 | CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG |
1130 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used | 1130 | When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used |
1131 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board | 1131 | SoC, then define this variable and provide board |
1132 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. | 1132 | specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. |
1133 | 1133 | ||
1134 | - U-Boot Version: | 1134 | - U-Boot Version: |
1135 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE | 1135 | CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE |
1136 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable | 1136 | If this variable is defined, an environment variable |
1137 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot | 1137 | named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot |
1138 | version as printed by the "version" command. | 1138 | version as printed by the "version" command. |
1139 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the | 1139 | Any change to this variable will be reverted at the |
1140 | next reset. | 1140 | next reset. |
1141 | 1141 | ||
1142 | - Real-Time Clock: | 1142 | - Real-Time Clock: |
1143 | 1143 | ||
1144 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC | 1144 | When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC |
1145 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the | 1145 | has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the |
1146 | following options: | 1146 | following options: |
1147 | 1147 | ||
1148 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx | 1148 | CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx |
1149 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC | 1149 | CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC |
1150 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC | 1150 | CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC |
1151 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC | 1151 | CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC |
1152 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC | 1152 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC |
1153 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC | 1153 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC |
1154 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC | 1154 | CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC |
1155 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC | 1155 | CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC |
1156 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC | 1156 | CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC |
1157 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC | 1157 | CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC |
1158 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 | 1158 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 |
1159 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on | 1159 | CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on |
1160 | RV3029 RTC. | 1160 | RV3029 RTC. |
1161 | 1161 | ||
1162 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1162 | Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1163 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1163 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1164 | 1164 | ||
1165 | - GPIO Support: | 1165 | - GPIO Support: |
1166 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO | 1166 | CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO |
1167 | 1167 | ||
1168 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of | 1168 | The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of |
1169 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of | 1169 | chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of |
1170 | pins supported by a particular chip. | 1170 | pins supported by a particular chip. |
1171 | 1171 | ||
1172 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface | 1172 | Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface |
1173 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. | 1173 | must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. |
1174 | 1174 | ||
1175 | - I/O tracing: | 1175 | - I/O tracing: |
1176 | When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O | 1176 | When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O |
1177 | accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out | 1177 | accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out |
1178 | to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is | 1178 | to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is |
1179 | useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that | 1179 | useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that |
1180 | the driver behaves the same way before and after a code | 1180 | the driver behaves the same way before and after a code |
1181 | change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To | 1181 | change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To |
1182 | add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' | 1182 | add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>' |
1183 | to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. | 1183 | to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test. |
1184 | 1184 | ||
1185 | Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. | 1185 | Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below. |
1186 | Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will | 1186 | Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will |
1187 | still continue to operate. | 1187 | still continue to operate. |
1188 | 1188 | ||
1189 | iotrace is enabled | 1189 | iotrace is enabled |
1190 | Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) | 1190 | Start: 10000000 (buffer start address) |
1191 | Size: 00010000 (buffer size) | 1191 | Size: 00010000 (buffer size) |
1192 | Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) | 1192 | Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset) |
1193 | Output: 10000120 (start + offset) | 1193 | Output: 10000120 (start + offset) |
1194 | Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) | 1194 | Count: 00000018 (number of trace records) |
1195 | CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) | 1195 | CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records) |
1196 | 1196 | ||
1197 | - Timestamp Support: | 1197 | - Timestamp Support: |
1198 | 1198 | ||
1199 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp | 1199 | When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp |
1200 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image | 1200 | (date and time) of an image is printed by image |
1201 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is | 1201 | commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is |
1202 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . | 1202 | automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . |
1203 | 1203 | ||
1204 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: | 1204 | - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: |
1205 | Zero or more of the following: | 1205 | Zero or more of the following: |
1206 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. | 1206 | CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. |
1207 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the | 1207 | CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the |
1208 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. | 1208 | Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. |
1209 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. | 1209 | CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. |
1210 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the | 1210 | CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the |
1211 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see | 1211 | bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see |
1212 | disk/part_efi.c | 1212 | disk/part_efi.c |
1213 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. | 1213 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. |
1214 | 1214 | ||
1215 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or | 1215 | If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or |
1216 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at | 1216 | CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at |
1217 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. | 1217 | least one non-MTD partition type as well. |
1218 | 1218 | ||
1219 | - IDE Reset method: | 1219 | - IDE Reset method: |
1220 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several | 1220 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several |
1221 | board configurations files but used nowhere! | 1221 | board configurations files but used nowhere! |
1222 | 1222 | ||
1223 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will | 1223 | CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will |
1224 | be performed by calling the function | 1224 | be performed by calling the function |
1225 | ide_set_reset(int reset) | 1225 | ide_set_reset(int reset) |
1226 | which has to be defined in a board specific file | 1226 | which has to be defined in a board specific file |
1227 | 1227 | ||
1228 | - ATAPI Support: | 1228 | - ATAPI Support: |
1229 | CONFIG_ATAPI | 1229 | CONFIG_ATAPI |
1230 | 1230 | ||
1231 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. | 1231 | Set this to enable ATAPI support. |
1232 | 1232 | ||
1233 | - LBA48 Support | 1233 | - LBA48 Support |
1234 | CONFIG_LBA48 | 1234 | CONFIG_LBA48 |
1235 | 1235 | ||
1236 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB | 1236 | Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB |
1237 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. | 1237 | Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. |
1238 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' | 1238 | Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' |
1239 | support disks up to 2.1TB. | 1239 | support disks up to 2.1TB. |
1240 | 1240 | ||
1241 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: | 1241 | CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: |
1242 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. | 1242 | When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. |
1243 | Default is 32bit. | 1243 | Default is 32bit. |
1244 | 1244 | ||
1245 | - SCSI Support: | 1245 | - SCSI Support: |
1246 | At the moment only there is only support for the | 1246 | At the moment only there is only support for the |
1247 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define | 1247 | SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define |
1248 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. | 1248 | CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. |
1249 | 1249 | ||
1250 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and | 1250 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and |
1251 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * | 1251 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * |
1252 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the | 1252 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the |
1253 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target | 1253 | maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target |
1254 | devices. | 1254 | devices. |
1255 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) | 1255 | CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) |
1256 | 1256 | ||
1257 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of | 1257 | The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of |
1258 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. | 1258 | SCSI devices found during the last scan. |
1259 | 1259 | ||
1260 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): | 1260 | - NETWORK Support (PCI): |
1261 | CONFIG_E1000 | 1261 | CONFIG_E1000 |
1262 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. | 1262 | Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. |
1263 | 1263 | ||
1264 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI | 1264 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI |
1265 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. | 1265 | Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. |
1266 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one | 1266 | This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one |
1267 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. | 1267 | of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. |
1268 | 1268 | ||
1269 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC | 1269 | CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC |
1270 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for | 1270 | Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for |
1271 | example with the "sspi" command. | 1271 | example with the "sspi" command. |
1272 | 1272 | ||
1273 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 | 1273 | CONFIG_CMD_E1000 |
1274 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices | 1274 | Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices |
1275 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. | 1275 | with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. |
1276 | 1276 | ||
1277 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC | 1277 | CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC |
1278 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. | 1278 | default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. |
1279 | 1279 | ||
1280 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 | 1280 | CONFIG_EEPRO100 |
1281 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. | 1281 | Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. |
1282 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM | 1282 | Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM |
1283 | write routine for first time initialisation. | 1283 | write routine for first time initialisation. |
1284 | 1284 | ||
1285 | CONFIG_TULIP | 1285 | CONFIG_TULIP |
1286 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. | 1286 | Support for Digital 2114x chips. |
1287 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific | 1287 | Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific |
1288 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). | 1288 | modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). |
1289 | 1289 | ||
1290 | CONFIG_NATSEMI | 1290 | CONFIG_NATSEMI |
1291 | Support for National dp83815 chips. | 1291 | Support for National dp83815 chips. |
1292 | 1292 | ||
1293 | CONFIG_NS8382X | 1293 | CONFIG_NS8382X |
1294 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. | 1294 | Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. |
1295 | 1295 | ||
1296 | - NETWORK Support (other): | 1296 | - NETWORK Support (other): |
1297 | 1297 | ||
1298 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC | 1298 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC |
1299 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. | 1299 | Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. |
1300 | 1300 | ||
1301 | CONFIG_RMII | 1301 | CONFIG_RMII |
1302 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface | 1302 | Define this to use reduced MII inteface |
1303 | 1303 | ||
1304 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET | 1304 | CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET |
1305 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. | 1305 | If this defined, the driver is quiet. |
1306 | The driver doen't show link status messages. | 1306 | The driver doen't show link status messages. |
1307 | 1307 | ||
1308 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC | 1308 | CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC |
1309 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device | 1309 | Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device |
1310 | 1310 | ||
1311 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 | 1311 | CONFIG_LAN91C96 |
1312 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. | 1312 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. |
1313 | 1313 | ||
1314 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE | 1314 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE |
1315 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1315 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1316 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space | 1316 | of the LAN91C96's I/O space |
1317 | 1317 | ||
1318 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT | 1318 | CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT |
1319 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing | 1319 | Define this to enable 32 bit addressing |
1320 | 1320 | ||
1321 | CONFIG_SMC91111 | 1321 | CONFIG_SMC91111 |
1322 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip | 1322 | Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip |
1323 | 1323 | ||
1324 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE | 1324 | CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE |
1325 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1325 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1326 | of the device (I/O space) | 1326 | of the device (I/O space) |
1327 | 1327 | ||
1328 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT | 1328 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT |
1329 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1329 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1330 | 1330 | ||
1331 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS | 1331 | CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS |
1332 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros | 1332 | Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros |
1333 | (some hardware wont work with macros) | 1333 | (some hardware wont work with macros) |
1334 | 1334 | ||
1335 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC | 1335 | CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC |
1336 | Support for davinci emac | 1336 | Support for davinci emac |
1337 | 1337 | ||
1338 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT | 1338 | CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT |
1339 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. | 1339 | Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. |
1340 | 1340 | ||
1341 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 | 1341 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100 |
1342 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet | 1342 | Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet |
1343 | 1343 | ||
1344 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA | 1344 | CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA |
1345 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. | 1345 | Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. |
1346 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. | 1346 | Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. |
1347 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur | 1347 | If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur |
1348 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or | 1348 | wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or |
1349 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit | 1349 | useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit |
1350 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the | 1350 | control registers. This behavior won't affect the |
1351 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. | 1351 | correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. |
1352 | 1352 | ||
1353 | CONFIG_SMC911X | 1353 | CONFIG_SMC911X |
1354 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips | 1354 | Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips |
1355 | 1355 | ||
1356 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE | 1356 | CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE |
1357 | Define this to hold the physical address | 1357 | Define this to hold the physical address |
1358 | of the device (I/O space) | 1358 | of the device (I/O space) |
1359 | 1359 | ||
1360 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT | 1360 | CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT |
1361 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits | 1361 | Define this if data bus is 32 bits |
1362 | 1362 | ||
1363 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT | 1363 | CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT |
1364 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor | 1364 | Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor |
1365 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit | 1365 | automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit |
1366 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. | 1366 | words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. |
1367 | 1367 | ||
1368 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER | 1368 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER |
1369 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller | 1369 | Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller |
1370 | 1370 | ||
1371 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT | 1371 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT |
1372 | Define the number of ports to be used | 1372 | Define the number of ports to be used |
1373 | 1373 | ||
1374 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR | 1374 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR |
1375 | Define the ETH PHY's address | 1375 | Define the ETH PHY's address |
1376 | 1376 | ||
1377 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK | 1377 | CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK |
1378 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. | 1378 | If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. |
1379 | 1379 | ||
1380 | - TPM Support: | 1380 | - TPM Support: |
1381 | CONFIG_TPM | 1381 | CONFIG_TPM |
1382 | Support TPM devices. | 1382 | Support TPM devices. |
1383 | 1383 | ||
1384 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C | 1384 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C |
1385 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device | 1385 | Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device |
1386 | per system is supported at this time. | 1386 | per system is supported at this time. |
1387 | 1387 | ||
1388 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER | 1388 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER |
1389 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device | 1389 | Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device |
1390 | 1390 | ||
1391 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS | 1391 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS |
1392 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus | 1392 | Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus |
1393 | 1393 | ||
1394 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION | 1394 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION |
1395 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit | 1395 | Define the burst count bytes upper limit |
1396 | 1396 | ||
1397 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI | 1397 | CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI |
1398 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. | 1398 | Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support. |
1399 | 1399 | ||
1400 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC | 1400 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC |
1401 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device | 1401 | Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device |
1402 | per system is supported at this time. | 1402 | per system is supported at this time. |
1403 | 1403 | ||
1404 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS | 1404 | CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS |
1405 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped | 1405 | Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped |
1406 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at | 1406 | to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at |
1407 | 0xfed40000. | 1407 | 0xfed40000. |
1408 | 1408 | ||
1409 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM | 1409 | CONFIG_CMD_TPM |
1410 | Add tpm monitor functions. | 1410 | Add tpm monitor functions. |
1411 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also | 1411 | Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also |
1412 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. | 1412 | provides monitor access to authorized functions. |
1413 | 1413 | ||
1414 | CONFIG_TPM | 1414 | CONFIG_TPM |
1415 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides | 1415 | Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides |
1416 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. | 1416 | functional interfaces to some TPM commands. |
1417 | Requires support for a TPM device. | 1417 | Requires support for a TPM device. |
1418 | 1418 | ||
1419 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS | 1419 | CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS |
1420 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. | 1420 | Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library. |
1421 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. | 1421 | Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1. |
1422 | 1422 | ||
1423 | - USB Support: | 1423 | - USB Support: |
1424 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is | 1424 | At the moment only the UHCI host controller is |
1425 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define | 1425 | supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define |
1426 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. | 1426 | CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. |
1427 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard | 1427 | define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard |
1428 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB | 1428 | and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB |
1429 | storage devices. | 1429 | storage devices. |
1430 | Note: | 1430 | Note: |
1431 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives | 1431 | Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives |
1432 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). | 1432 | (TEAC FD-05PUB). |
1433 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: | 1433 | MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: |
1434 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK | 1434 | CONFIG_USB_CLOCK |
1435 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb | 1435 | for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb |
1436 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB | 1436 | CONFIG_PSC3_USB |
1437 | for USB on PSC3 | 1437 | for USB on PSC3 |
1438 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG | 1438 | CONFIG_USB_CONFIG |
1439 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 | 1439 | for differential drivers: 0x00001000 |
1440 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 | 1440 | for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 |
1441 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 | 1441 | for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 |
1442 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 | 1442 | for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 |
1443 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL | 1443 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL |
1444 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling | 1444 | May be defined to allow interrupt polling |
1445 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts | 1445 | instead of using asynchronous interrupts |
1446 | 1446 | ||
1447 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the | 1447 | CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the |
1448 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. | 1448 | txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. |
1449 | 1449 | ||
1450 | - USB Device: | 1450 | - USB Device: |
1451 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. | 1451 | Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. |
1452 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the | 1452 | Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the |
1453 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and | 1453 | command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and |
1454 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print | 1454 | attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print |
1455 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty | 1455 | it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty |
1456 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to | 1456 | can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to |
1457 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a | 1457 | appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a |
1458 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. | 1458 | Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. |
1459 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate | 1459 | If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate |
1460 | a Linux host by | 1460 | a Linux host by |
1461 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID | 1461 | # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID |
1462 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment | 1462 | else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment |
1463 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following | 1463 | variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following |
1464 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h | 1464 | might be defined in YourBoardName.h |
1465 | 1465 | ||
1466 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE | 1466 | CONFIG_USB_DEVICE |
1467 | Define this to build a UDC device | 1467 | Define this to build a UDC device |
1468 | 1468 | ||
1469 | CONFIG_USB_TTY | 1469 | CONFIG_USB_TTY |
1470 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to | 1470 | Define this to have a tty type of device available to |
1471 | talk to the UDC device | 1471 | talk to the UDC device |
1472 | 1472 | ||
1473 | CONFIG_USBD_HS | 1473 | CONFIG_USBD_HS |
1474 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb | 1474 | Define this to enable the high speed support for usb |
1475 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine | 1475 | device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine |
1476 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) | 1476 | int is_usbd_high_speed(void) |
1477 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll | 1477 | also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll |
1478 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full | 1478 | whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full |
1479 | speed. | 1479 | speed. |
1480 | 1480 | ||
1481 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 1481 | CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
1482 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to | 1482 | Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to |
1483 | be set to usbtty. | 1483 | be set to usbtty. |
1484 | 1484 | ||
1485 | mpc8xx: | 1485 | mpc8xx: |
1486 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH | 1486 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH |
1487 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" | 1487 | Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" |
1488 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 | 1488 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 |
1489 | 1489 | ||
1490 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH | 1490 | CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH |
1491 | Derive USB clock from brgclk | 1491 | Derive USB clock from brgclk |
1492 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 | 1492 | - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 |
1493 | 1493 | ||
1494 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to | 1494 | If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to |
1495 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h | 1495 | define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h |
1496 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define | 1496 | or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define |
1497 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, | 1497 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, |
1498 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot | 1498 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot |
1499 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. | 1499 | should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. |
1500 | 1500 | ||
1501 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER | 1501 | CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER |
1502 | Define this string as the name of your company for | 1502 | Define this string as the name of your company for |
1503 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" | 1503 | - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" |
1504 | 1504 | ||
1505 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME | 1505 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME |
1506 | Define this string as the name of your product | 1506 | Define this string as the name of your product |
1507 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" | 1507 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" |
1508 | 1508 | ||
1509 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID | 1509 | CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID |
1510 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB | 1510 | Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB |
1511 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID | 1511 | Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID |
1512 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. | 1512 | to avoid polluting the USB namespace. |
1513 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF | 1513 | - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF |
1514 | 1514 | ||
1515 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID | 1515 | CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID |
1516 | Define this as the unique Product ID | 1516 | Define this as the unique Product ID |
1517 | for your device | 1517 | for your device |
1518 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF | 1518 | - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF |
1519 | 1519 | ||
1520 | - ULPI Layer Support: | 1520 | - ULPI Layer Support: |
1521 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via | 1521 | The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via |
1522 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY | 1522 | the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY |
1523 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and | 1523 | via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and |
1524 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based | 1524 | the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based |
1525 | viewport is supported. | 1525 | viewport is supported. |
1526 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and | 1526 | To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and |
1527 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. | 1527 | CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. |
1528 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the | 1528 | If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the |
1529 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to | 1529 | standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to |
1530 | the appropriate value in Hz. | 1530 | the appropriate value in Hz. |
1531 | 1531 | ||
1532 | - MMC Support: | 1532 | - MMC Support: |
1533 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To | 1533 | The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To |
1534 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be | 1534 | enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be |
1535 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device | 1535 | accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device |
1536 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is | 1536 | to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is |
1537 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with | 1537 | enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with |
1538 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. | 1538 | the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. |
1539 | 1539 | ||
1540 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF | 1540 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF |
1541 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller | 1541 | Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller |
1542 | 1542 | ||
1543 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR | 1543 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR |
1544 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers | 1544 | Define the base address of MMCIF registers |
1545 | 1545 | ||
1546 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK | 1546 | CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK |
1547 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF | 1547 | Define the clock frequency for MMCIF |
1548 | 1548 | ||
1549 | CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC | 1549 | CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC |
1550 | Enable the generic MMC driver | 1550 | Enable the generic MMC driver |
1551 | 1551 | ||
1552 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT | 1552 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT |
1553 | Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. | 1553 | Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions. |
1554 | 1554 | ||
1555 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB | 1555 | CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB |
1556 | Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the | 1556 | Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the |
1557 | key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. | 1557 | key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC. |
1558 | 1558 | ||
1559 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: | 1559 | - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: |
1560 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION | 1560 | CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION |
1561 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class | 1561 | This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class |
1562 | 1562 | ||
1563 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU | 1563 | CONFIG_CMD_DFU |
1564 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have | 1564 | This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have |
1565 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command | 1565 | U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command |
1566 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be | 1566 | requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be |
1567 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. | 1567 | set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. |
1568 | 1568 | ||
1569 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC | 1569 | CONFIG_DFU_MMC |
1570 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. | 1570 | This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. |
1571 | 1571 | ||
1572 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND | 1572 | CONFIG_DFU_NAND |
1573 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. | 1573 | This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. |
1574 | 1574 | ||
1575 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM | 1575 | CONFIG_DFU_RAM |
1576 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. | 1576 | This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU. |
1577 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but | 1577 | Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but |
1578 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, | 1578 | allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage, |
1579 | one that would help mostly the developer. | 1579 | one that would help mostly the developer. |
1580 | 1580 | ||
1581 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE | 1581 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE |
1582 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the | 1582 | Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the |
1583 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer | 1583 | raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer |
1584 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable | 1584 | configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable |
1585 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. | 1585 | through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable. |
1586 | 1586 | ||
1587 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE | 1587 | CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE |
1588 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, | 1588 | When updating files rather than the raw storage device, |
1589 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write | 1589 | we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write |
1590 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define | 1590 | the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define |
1591 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. | 1591 | this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. |
1592 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. | 1592 | Default is 4 MiB if undefined. |
1593 | 1593 | ||
1594 | DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT | 1594 | DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT |
1595 | Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the | 1595 | Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the |
1596 | host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending | 1596 | host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending |
1597 | a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. | 1597 | a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device. |
1598 | 1598 | ||
1599 | DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT | 1599 | DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT |
1600 | Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when | 1600 | Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when |
1601 | entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before | 1601 | entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before |
1602 | sending again an USB request to the device. | 1602 | sending again an USB request to the device. |
1603 | 1603 | ||
1604 | - USB Device Android Fastboot support: | 1604 | - USB Device Android Fastboot support: |
1605 | CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT | 1605 | CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT |
1606 | This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android | 1606 | This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android |
1607 | fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB | 1607 | fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB |
1608 | protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control | 1608 | protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control |
1609 | used on Android devices. | 1609 | used on Android devices. |
1610 | See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. | 1610 | See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information. |
1611 | 1611 | ||
1612 | CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE | 1612 | CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE |
1613 | This enables support for booting images which use the Android | 1613 | This enables support for booting images which use the Android |
1614 | image format header. | 1614 | image format header. |
1615 | 1615 | ||
1616 | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR | 1616 | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR |
1617 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 1617 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for |
1618 | downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for | 1618 | downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for |
1619 | downloaded images. | 1619 | downloaded images. |
1620 | 1620 | ||
1621 | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE | 1621 | CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE |
1622 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for | 1622 | The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for |
1623 | downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a | 1623 | downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a |
1624 | platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. | 1624 | platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot. |
1625 | 1625 | ||
1626 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: | 1626 | - Journaling Flash filesystem support: |
1627 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, | 1627 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, |
1628 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV | 1628 | CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV |
1629 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device | 1629 | Define these for a default partition on a NAND device |
1630 | 1630 | ||
1631 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, | 1631 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, |
1632 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS | 1632 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS |
1633 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device | 1633 | Define these for a default partition on a NOR device |
1634 | 1634 | ||
1635 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART | 1635 | CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART |
1636 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a | 1636 | Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a |
1637 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) | 1637 | function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) |
1638 | 1638 | ||
1639 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to | 1639 | If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to |
1640 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 | 1640 | #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 |
1641 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you | 1641 | to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you |
1642 | have not defined a custom partition | 1642 | have not defined a custom partition |
1643 | 1643 | ||
1644 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: | 1644 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: |
1645 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE | 1645 | CONFIG_FAT_WRITE |
1646 | 1646 | ||
1647 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a | 1647 | Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a |
1648 | file in FAT formatted partition. | 1648 | file in FAT formatted partition. |
1649 | 1649 | ||
1650 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the | 1650 | This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the |
1651 | user to write files to FAT. | 1651 | user to write files to FAT. |
1652 | 1652 | ||
1653 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support | 1653 | CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support |
1654 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS | 1654 | CONFIG_CMD_CBFS |
1655 | 1655 | ||
1656 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot | 1656 | Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot |
1657 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls | 1657 | filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls |
1658 | and cbfsload. | 1658 | and cbfsload. |
1659 | 1659 | ||
1660 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: | 1660 | - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size: |
1661 | CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE | 1661 | CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE |
1662 | 1662 | ||
1663 | Define the max cluster size for fat operations else | 1663 | Define the max cluster size for fat operations else |
1664 | a default value of 65536 will be defined. | 1664 | a default value of 65536 will be defined. |
1665 | 1665 | ||
1666 | - Keyboard Support: | 1666 | - Keyboard Support: |
1667 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD | 1667 | CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD |
1668 | 1668 | ||
1669 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard | 1669 | Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard |
1670 | support | 1670 | support |
1671 | 1671 | ||
1672 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD | 1672 | CONFIG_I8042_KBD |
1673 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and | 1673 | Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and |
1674 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. | 1674 | GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. |
1675 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc | 1675 | Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc |
1676 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. | 1676 | for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. |
1677 | 1677 | ||
1678 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB | 1678 | CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB |
1679 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. | 1679 | Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface. |
1680 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller | 1680 | This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller |
1681 | which provides key scans on request. | 1681 | which provides key scans on request. |
1682 | 1682 | ||
1683 | - Video support: | 1683 | - Video support: |
1684 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1684 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1685 | 1685 | ||
1686 | Define this to enable video support (for output to | 1686 | Define this to enable video support (for output to |
1687 | video). | 1687 | video). |
1688 | 1688 | ||
1689 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 | 1689 | CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 |
1690 | 1690 | ||
1691 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip | 1691 | Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip |
1692 | 1692 | ||
1693 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM | 1693 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM |
1694 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The | 1694 | Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The |
1695 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' | 1695 | video output is selected via environment 'videoout' |
1696 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is | 1696 | (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is |
1697 | assumed. | 1697 | assumed. |
1698 | 1698 | ||
1699 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is | 1699 | For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is |
1700 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways | 1700 | selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways |
1701 | are possible: | 1701 | are possible: |
1702 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. | 1702 | - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. |
1703 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): | 1703 | Following standard modes are supported (* is default): |
1704 | 1704 | ||
1705 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 | 1705 | Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 |
1706 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1706 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1707 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 | 1707 | 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 |
1708 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 | 1708 | 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 |
1709 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A | 1709 | 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A |
1710 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B | 1710 | 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B |
1711 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- | 1711 | -------------+--------------------------------------------- |
1712 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) | 1712 | (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) |
1713 | 1713 | ||
1714 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed | 1714 | - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed |
1715 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) | 1715 | from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) |
1716 | 1716 | ||
1717 | 1717 | ||
1718 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 | 1718 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 |
1719 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp | 1719 | Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp |
1720 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP | 1720 | and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP |
1721 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP | 1721 | or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP |
1722 | 1722 | ||
1723 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB | 1723 | CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB |
1724 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for | 1724 | Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for |
1725 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU | 1725 | SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU |
1726 | support, and should also define these other macros: | 1726 | support, and should also define these other macros: |
1727 | 1727 | ||
1728 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR | 1728 | CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR |
1729 | CONFIG_VIDEO | 1729 | CONFIG_VIDEO |
1730 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP | 1730 | CONFIG_CMD_BMP |
1731 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE | 1731 | CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE |
1732 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR | 1732 | CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR |
1733 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE | 1733 | CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE |
1734 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO | 1734 | CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO |
1735 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO | 1735 | CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO |
1736 | 1736 | ||
1737 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment | 1737 | The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment |
1738 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during | 1738 | variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during |
1739 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a | 1739 | boot. See the documentation file README.video for a |
1740 | description of this variable. | 1740 | description of this variable. |
1741 | 1741 | ||
1742 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA | 1742 | CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA |
1743 | 1743 | ||
1744 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you | 1744 | Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you |
1745 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer | 1745 | are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer |
1746 | driver. | 1746 | driver. |
1747 | 1747 | ||
1748 | 1748 | ||
1749 | - Keyboard Support: | 1749 | - Keyboard Support: |
1750 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD | 1750 | CONFIG_KEYBOARD |
1751 | 1751 | ||
1752 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. | 1752 | Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. |
1753 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be | 1753 | This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be |
1754 | defined in your board-specific files. | 1754 | defined in your board-specific files. |
1755 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. | 1755 | The only board using this so far is RBC823. |
1756 | 1756 | ||
1757 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD | 1757 | - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD |
1758 | 1758 | ||
1759 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD | 1759 | Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD |
1760 | display); also select one of the supported displays | 1760 | display); also select one of the supported displays |
1761 | by defining one of these: | 1761 | by defining one of these: |
1762 | 1762 | ||
1763 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: | 1763 | CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: |
1764 | 1764 | ||
1765 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. | 1765 | HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. |
1766 | 1766 | ||
1767 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: | 1767 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: |
1768 | 1768 | ||
1769 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. | 1769 | NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. |
1770 | 1770 | ||
1771 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 | 1771 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 |
1772 | 1772 | ||
1773 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. | 1773 | NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. |
1774 | Active, color, single scan. | 1774 | Active, color, single scan. |
1775 | 1775 | ||
1776 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 | 1776 | CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 |
1777 | 1777 | ||
1778 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. | 1778 | NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. |
1779 | Active, color, single scan. | 1779 | Active, color, single scan. |
1780 | 1780 | ||
1781 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 | 1781 | CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 |
1782 | 1782 | ||
1783 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. | 1783 | Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. |
1784 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. | 1784 | It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. |
1785 | 1785 | ||
1786 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 | 1786 | CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 |
1787 | 1787 | ||
1788 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. | 1788 | Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. |
1789 | Active, color, single scan. | 1789 | Active, color, single scan. |
1790 | 1790 | ||
1791 | CONFIG_HLD1045 | 1791 | CONFIG_HLD1045 |
1792 | 1792 | ||
1793 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. | 1793 | HLD1045 display, 640x480. |
1794 | Active, color, single scan. | 1794 | Active, color, single scan. |
1795 | 1795 | ||
1796 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW | 1796 | CONFIG_OPTREX_BW |
1797 | 1797 | ||
1798 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 | 1798 | Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 |
1799 | or | 1799 | or |
1800 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T | 1800 | Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T |
1801 | or | 1801 | or |
1802 | Hitachi SP14Q002 | 1802 | Hitachi SP14Q002 |
1803 | 1803 | ||
1804 | 320x240. Black & white. | 1804 | 320x240. Black & white. |
1805 | 1805 | ||
1806 | Normally display is black on white background; define | 1806 | Normally display is black on white background; define |
1807 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. | 1807 | CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. |
1808 | 1808 | ||
1809 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT | 1809 | CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT |
1810 | 1810 | ||
1811 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is | 1811 | Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is |
1812 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. | 1812 | defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. |
1813 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE | 1813 | For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE |
1814 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on | 1814 | here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on |
1815 | a per-section basis. | 1815 | a per-section basis. |
1816 | 1816 | ||
1817 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES | 1817 | CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES |
1818 | 1818 | ||
1819 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of | 1819 | When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of |
1820 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes | 1820 | lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes |
1821 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling | 1821 | the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling |
1822 | is slow. | 1822 | is slow. |
1823 | 1823 | ||
1824 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 | 1824 | CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 |
1825 | 1825 | ||
1826 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. | 1826 | Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. |
1827 | 1827 | ||
1828 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID | 1828 | CONFIG_I2C_EDID |
1829 | 1829 | ||
1830 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID | 1830 | Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID |
1831 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. | 1831 | information over I2C from an attached LCD display. |
1832 | 1832 | ||
1833 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN | 1833 | - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN |
1834 | 1834 | ||
1835 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for | 1835 | If this option is set, the environment is checked for |
1836 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display | 1836 | a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display |
1837 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD | 1837 | of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD |
1838 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address | 1838 | is suppressed and the BMP image at the address |
1839 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The | 1839 | specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The |
1840 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This | 1840 | console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This |
1841 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is | 1841 | allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is |
1842 | loaded very quickly after power-on. | 1842 | loaded very quickly after power-on. |
1843 | 1843 | ||
1844 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD | 1844 | CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD |
1845 | 1845 | ||
1846 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment | 1846 | If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment |
1847 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address | 1847 | variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address |
1848 | (see README.displaying-bmps). | 1848 | (see README.displaying-bmps). |
1849 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment | 1849 | This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment |
1850 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data | 1850 | restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data |
1851 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned | 1851 | abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned |
1852 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) | 1852 | accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) |
1853 | there is no need to set this option. | 1853 | there is no need to set this option. |
1854 | 1854 | ||
1855 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN | 1855 | CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN |
1856 | 1856 | ||
1857 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned | 1857 | If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned |
1858 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the | 1858 | on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the |
1859 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as | 1859 | position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as |
1860 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it | 1860 | number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it |
1861 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also | 1861 | is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also |
1862 | specify 'm' for centering the image. | 1862 | specify 'm' for centering the image. |
1863 | 1863 | ||
1864 | Example: | 1864 | Example: |
1865 | setenv splashpos m,m | 1865 | setenv splashpos m,m |
1866 | => image at center of screen | 1866 | => image at center of screen |
1867 | 1867 | ||
1868 | setenv splashpos 30,20 | 1868 | setenv splashpos 30,20 |
1869 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 | 1869 | => image at x = 30 and y = 20 |
1870 | 1870 | ||
1871 | setenv splashpos -10,m | 1871 | setenv splashpos -10,m |
1872 | => vertically centered image | 1872 | => vertically centered image |
1873 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 | 1873 | at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 |
1874 | 1874 | ||
1875 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP | 1875 | - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP |
1876 | 1876 | ||
1877 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP | 1877 | If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP |
1878 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the | 1878 | images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the |
1879 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. | 1879 | splashscreen support or the bmp command. |
1880 | 1880 | ||
1881 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 | 1881 | - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 |
1882 | 1882 | ||
1883 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images | 1883 | If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images |
1884 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the | 1884 | can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the |
1885 | bmp command. | 1885 | bmp command. |
1886 | 1886 | ||
1887 | - Do compresssing for memory range: | 1887 | - Do compresssing for memory range: |
1888 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP | 1888 | CONFIG_CMD_ZIP |
1889 | 1889 | ||
1890 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method | 1890 | If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method |
1891 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. | 1891 | to compress the specified memory at its best effort. |
1892 | 1892 | ||
1893 | - Compression support: | 1893 | - Compression support: |
1894 | CONFIG_GZIP | 1894 | CONFIG_GZIP |
1895 | 1895 | ||
1896 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. | 1896 | Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images. |
1897 | 1897 | ||
1898 | CONFIG_BZIP2 | 1898 | CONFIG_BZIP2 |
1899 | 1899 | ||
1900 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed | 1900 | If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed |
1901 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip | 1901 | images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip |
1902 | compressed images are supported. | 1902 | compressed images are supported. |
1903 | 1903 | ||
1904 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so | 1904 | NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so |
1905 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should | 1905 | the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should |
1906 | be at least 4MB. | 1906 | be at least 4MB. |
1907 | 1907 | ||
1908 | CONFIG_LZMA | 1908 | CONFIG_LZMA |
1909 | 1909 | ||
1910 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed | 1910 | If this option is set, support for lzma compressed |
1911 | images is included. | 1911 | images is included. |
1912 | 1912 | ||
1913 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it | 1913 | Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it |
1914 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the | 1914 | requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the |
1915 | formula: | 1915 | formula: |
1916 | 1916 | ||
1917 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) | 1917 | (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) |
1918 | 1918 | ||
1919 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits | 1919 | Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits |
1920 | and Literal pos bits. | 1920 | and Literal pos bits. |
1921 | 1921 | ||
1922 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, | 1922 | This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, |
1923 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a | 1923 | for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a |
1924 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is | 1924 | total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is |
1925 | a very small buffer. | 1925 | a very small buffer. |
1926 | 1926 | ||
1927 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and | 1927 | Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and |
1928 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring | 1928 | then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring |
1929 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). | 1929 | the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). |
1930 | 1930 | ||
1931 | CONFIG_LZO | 1931 | CONFIG_LZO |
1932 | 1932 | ||
1933 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images | 1933 | If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images |
1934 | is included. | 1934 | is included. |
1935 | 1935 | ||
1936 | - MII/PHY support: | 1936 | - MII/PHY support: |
1937 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR | 1937 | CONFIG_PHY_ADDR |
1938 | 1938 | ||
1939 | The address of PHY on MII bus. | 1939 | The address of PHY on MII bus. |
1940 | 1940 | ||
1941 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) | 1941 | CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) |
1942 | 1942 | ||
1943 | The clock frequency of the MII bus | 1943 | The clock frequency of the MII bus |
1944 | 1944 | ||
1945 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE | 1945 | CONFIG_PHY_GIGE |
1946 | 1946 | ||
1947 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex | 1947 | If this option is set, support for speed/duplex |
1948 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. | 1948 | detection of gigabit PHY is included. |
1949 | 1949 | ||
1950 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY | 1950 | CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY |
1951 | 1951 | ||
1952 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1952 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1953 | reset before any MII register access is possible. | 1953 | reset before any MII register access is possible. |
1954 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay | 1954 | For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay |
1955 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) | 1955 | required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) |
1956 | 1956 | ||
1957 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) | 1957 | CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) |
1958 | 1958 | ||
1959 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after | 1959 | Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after |
1960 | command issued before MII status register can be read | 1960 | command issued before MII status register can be read |
1961 | 1961 | ||
1962 | - Ethernet address: | 1962 | - Ethernet address: |
1963 | CONFIG_ETHADDR | 1963 | CONFIG_ETHADDR |
1964 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR | 1964 | CONFIG_ETH1ADDR |
1965 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR | 1965 | CONFIG_ETH2ADDR |
1966 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR | 1966 | CONFIG_ETH3ADDR |
1967 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR | 1967 | CONFIG_ETH4ADDR |
1968 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR | 1968 | CONFIG_ETH5ADDR |
1969 | 1969 | ||
1970 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use | 1970 | Define a default value for Ethernet address to use |
1971 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this | 1971 | for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this |
1972 | is not determined automatically. | 1972 | is not determined automatically. |
1973 | 1973 | ||
1974 | - IP address: | 1974 | - IP address: |
1975 | CONFIG_IPADDR | 1975 | CONFIG_IPADDR |
1976 | 1976 | ||
1977 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for | 1977 | Define a default value for the IP address to use for |
1978 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not | 1978 | the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not |
1979 | determined through e.g. bootp. | 1979 | determined through e.g. bootp. |
1980 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") | 1980 | (Environment variable "ipaddr") |
1981 | 1981 | ||
1982 | - Server IP address: | 1982 | - Server IP address: |
1983 | CONFIG_SERVERIP | 1983 | CONFIG_SERVERIP |
1984 | 1984 | ||
1985 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP | 1985 | Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP |
1986 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. | 1986 | server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. |
1987 | (Environment variable "serverip") | 1987 | (Environment variable "serverip") |
1988 | 1988 | ||
1989 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR | 1989 | CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR |
1990 | 1990 | ||
1991 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' | 1991 | Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' |
1992 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) | 1992 | for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) |
1993 | 1993 | ||
1994 | - Gateway IP address: | 1994 | - Gateway IP address: |
1995 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP | 1995 | CONFIG_GATEWAYIP |
1996 | 1996 | ||
1997 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the | 1997 | Defines a default value for the IP address of the |
1998 | default router where packets to other networks are | 1998 | default router where packets to other networks are |
1999 | sent to. | 1999 | sent to. |
2000 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") | 2000 | (Environment variable "gatewayip") |
2001 | 2001 | ||
2002 | - Subnet mask: | 2002 | - Subnet mask: |
2003 | CONFIG_NETMASK | 2003 | CONFIG_NETMASK |
2004 | 2004 | ||
2005 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or | 2005 | Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or |
2006 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP | 2006 | routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP |
2007 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be | 2007 | address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be |
2008 | forwarded through a router. | 2008 | forwarded through a router. |
2009 | (Environment variable "netmask") | 2009 | (Environment variable "netmask") |
2010 | 2010 | ||
2011 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: | 2011 | - Multicast TFTP Mode: |
2012 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP | 2012 | CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP |
2013 | 2013 | ||
2014 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per | 2014 | Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per |
2015 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets | 2015 | rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets |
2016 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet | 2016 | tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet |
2017 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a | 2017 | driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a |
2018 | multicast group. | 2018 | multicast group. |
2019 | 2019 | ||
2020 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: | 2020 | - BOOTP Recovery Mode: |
2021 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY | 2021 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY |
2022 | 2022 | ||
2023 | If you have many targets in a network that try to | 2023 | If you have many targets in a network that try to |
2024 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all | 2024 | boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all |
2025 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same | 2025 | systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same |
2026 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery | 2026 | moment (which would happen for instance at recovery |
2027 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to | 2027 | from a power failure, when all systems will try to |
2028 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining | 2028 | boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining |
2029 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be | 2029 | CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be |
2030 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The | 2030 | inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The |
2031 | following delays are inserted then: | 2031 | following delays are inserted then: |
2032 | 2032 | ||
2033 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec | 2033 | 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec |
2034 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec | 2034 | 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec |
2035 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec | 2035 | 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec |
2036 | 4th and following | 2036 | 4th and following |
2037 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec | 2037 | BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec |
2038 | 2038 | ||
2039 | - DHCP Advanced Options: | 2039 | - DHCP Advanced Options: |
2040 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining | 2040 | You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining |
2041 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: | 2041 | CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: |
2042 | 2042 | ||
2043 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK | 2043 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK |
2044 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY | 2044 | CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY |
2045 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME | 2045 | CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME |
2046 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN | 2046 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN |
2047 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH | 2047 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH |
2048 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE | 2048 | CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE |
2049 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 2049 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
2050 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 | 2050 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 |
2051 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME | 2051 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME |
2052 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER | 2052 | CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER |
2053 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET | 2053 | CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET |
2054 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX | 2054 | CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX |
2055 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL | 2055 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL |
2056 | 2056 | ||
2057 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip | 2057 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip |
2058 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. | 2058 | environment variable, not the BOOTP server. |
2059 | 2059 | ||
2060 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found | 2060 | CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found |
2061 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail | 2061 | after the configured retry count, the call will fail |
2062 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over | 2062 | instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over |
2063 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server | 2063 | to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server |
2064 | is not available. | 2064 | is not available. |
2065 | 2065 | ||
2066 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS | 2066 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS |
2067 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more | 2067 | serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more |
2068 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. | 2068 | than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. |
2069 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS | 2069 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS |
2070 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment | 2070 | serverip will be stored in the additional environment |
2071 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always | 2071 | variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always |
2072 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS | 2072 | stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS |
2073 | is defined. | 2073 | is defined. |
2074 | 2074 | ||
2075 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable | 2075 | CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable |
2076 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they | 2076 | to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they |
2077 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. | 2077 | need the hostname of the DHCP requester. |
2078 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content | 2078 | If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content |
2079 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as | 2079 | of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as |
2080 | option 12 to the DHCP server. | 2080 | option 12 to the DHCP server. |
2081 | 2081 | ||
2082 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY | 2082 | CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY |
2083 | 2083 | ||
2084 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between | 2084 | A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between |
2085 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". | 2085 | receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". |
2086 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't | 2086 | This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't |
2087 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an | 2087 | respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an |
2088 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed | 2088 | AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed |
2089 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 | 2089 | to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 |
2090 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at | 2090 | DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at |
2091 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope | 2091 | least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope |
2092 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that | 2092 | that one of the retries will be successful but note that |
2093 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than | 2093 | the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than |
2094 | this delay. | 2094 | this delay. |
2095 | 2095 | ||
2096 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: | 2096 | - Link-local IP address negotiation: |
2097 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network | 2097 | Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network |
2098 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. | 2098 | for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. |
2099 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed | 2099 | This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed |
2100 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. | 2100 | to exist in all environments that the device must operate. |
2101 | 2101 | ||
2102 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. | 2102 | See doc/README.link-local for more information. |
2103 | 2103 | ||
2104 | - CDP Options: | 2104 | - CDP Options: |
2105 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID | 2105 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID |
2106 | 2106 | ||
2107 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. | 2107 | The device id used in CDP trigger frames. |
2108 | 2108 | ||
2109 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX | 2109 | CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX |
2110 | 2110 | ||
2111 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address | 2111 | A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address |
2112 | of the device. | 2112 | of the device. |
2113 | 2113 | ||
2114 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID | 2114 | CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID |
2115 | 2115 | ||
2116 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of | 2116 | A printf format string which contains the ascii name of |
2117 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets | 2117 | the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets |
2118 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. | 2118 | eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. |
2119 | 2119 | ||
2120 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES | 2120 | CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES |
2121 | 2121 | ||
2122 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; | 2122 | A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; |
2123 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. | 2123 | 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. |
2124 | 2124 | ||
2125 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION | 2125 | CONFIG_CDP_VERSION |
2126 | 2126 | ||
2127 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. | 2127 | An ascii string containing the version of the software. |
2128 | 2128 | ||
2129 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM | 2129 | CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM |
2130 | 2130 | ||
2131 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. | 2131 | An ascii string containing the name of the platform. |
2132 | 2132 | ||
2133 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER | 2133 | CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER |
2134 | 2134 | ||
2135 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. | 2135 | A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. |
2136 | 2136 | ||
2137 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION | 2137 | CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION |
2138 | 2138 | ||
2139 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the | 2139 | A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the |
2140 | device in .1 of milliwatts. | 2140 | device in .1 of milliwatts. |
2141 | 2141 | ||
2142 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE | 2142 | CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE |
2143 | 2143 | ||
2144 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. | 2144 | A byte containing the id of the VLAN. |
2145 | 2145 | ||
2146 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED | 2146 | - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED |
2147 | 2147 | ||
2148 | Several configurations allow to display the current | 2148 | Several configurations allow to display the current |
2149 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink | 2149 | status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink |
2150 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as | 2150 | fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as |
2151 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and | 2151 | soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and |
2152 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running | 2152 | start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running |
2153 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux | 2153 | (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux |
2154 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this | 2154 | kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this |
2155 | feature in U-Boot. | 2155 | feature in U-Boot. |
2156 | 2156 | ||
2157 | Additional options: | 2157 | Additional options: |
2158 | 2158 | ||
2159 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2159 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2160 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. | 2160 | The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin. |
2161 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a | 2161 | In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a |
2162 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED | 2162 | status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED |
2163 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. | 2163 | to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary. |
2164 | 2164 | ||
2165 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE | 2165 | CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE |
2166 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which | 2166 | Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which |
2167 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and | 2167 | case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and |
2168 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. | 2168 | GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state. |
2169 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined | 2169 | In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined |
2170 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. | 2170 | with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity. |
2171 | 2171 | ||
2172 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER | 2172 | - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER |
2173 | 2173 | ||
2174 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support | 2174 | Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support |
2175 | on those systems that support this (optional) | 2175 | on those systems that support this (optional) |
2176 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. | 2176 | feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. |
2177 | 2177 | ||
2178 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C | 2178 | - I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C |
2179 | 2179 | ||
2180 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use | 2180 | This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use |
2181 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set | 2181 | i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set |
2182 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c | 2182 | CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c |
2183 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See | 2183 | based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See |
2184 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line | 2184 | common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line |
2185 | interface. | 2185 | interface. |
2186 | 2186 | ||
2187 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: | 2187 | ported i2c driver to the new framework: |
2188 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: | 2188 | - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c: |
2189 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define | 2189 | - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define |
2190 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE | 2190 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE |
2191 | for defining speed and slave address | 2191 | for defining speed and slave address |
2192 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define | 2192 | - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define |
2193 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 | 2193 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2 |
2194 | for defining speed and slave address | 2194 | for defining speed and slave address |
2195 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define | 2195 | - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define |
2196 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 | 2196 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3 |
2197 | for defining speed and slave address | 2197 | for defining speed and slave address |
2198 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define | 2198 | - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define |
2199 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 | 2199 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4 |
2200 | for defining speed and slave address | 2200 | for defining speed and slave address |
2201 | 2201 | ||
2202 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: | 2202 | - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c: |
2203 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL | 2203 | - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL |
2204 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register | 2204 | define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register |
2205 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and | 2205 | offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and |
2206 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first | 2206 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first |
2207 | bus. | 2207 | bus. |
2208 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define | 2208 | - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define |
2209 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset | 2209 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset |
2210 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and | 2210 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and |
2211 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the | 2211 | CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the |
2212 | second bus. | 2212 | second bus. |
2213 | 2213 | ||
2214 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: | 2214 | - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c: |
2215 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA | 2215 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA |
2216 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from | 2216 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from |
2217 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2217 | 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2218 | 2218 | ||
2219 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c | 2219 | - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c |
2220 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX | 2220 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX |
2221 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 | 2221 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0 |
2222 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 | 2222 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1 |
2223 | 2223 | ||
2224 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c | 2224 | - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c |
2225 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC | 2225 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC |
2226 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED | 2226 | - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED |
2227 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE | 2227 | - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE |
2228 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED | 2228 | - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED |
2229 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE | 2229 | - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE |
2230 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED | 2230 | - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED |
2231 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE | 2231 | - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE |
2232 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 | 2232 | If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000 |
2233 | for speed, and 0 for slave. | 2233 | for speed, and 0 for slave. |
2234 | 2234 | ||
2235 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: | 2235 | - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c: |
2236 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR | 2236 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR |
2237 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses | 2237 | - This driver adds 4 i2c buses |
2238 | 2238 | ||
2239 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 | 2239 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0 |
2240 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 | 2240 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0 |
2241 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 | 2241 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1 |
2242 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 | 2242 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1 |
2243 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 | 2243 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2 |
2244 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 | 2244 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2 |
2245 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 | 2245 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3 |
2246 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 | 2246 | - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3 |
2247 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses | 2247 | - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses |
2248 | 2248 | ||
2249 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: | 2249 | - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c: |
2250 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH | 2250 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH |
2251 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses | 2251 | - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses |
2252 | 2252 | ||
2253 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 | 2253 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0 |
2254 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 | 2254 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0 |
2255 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 | 2255 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1 |
2256 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 | 2256 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1 |
2257 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 | 2257 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2 |
2258 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 | 2258 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2 |
2259 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 | 2259 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3 |
2260 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 | 2260 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3 |
2261 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 | 2261 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4 |
2262 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 | 2262 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4 |
2263 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 | 2263 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5 |
2264 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 | 2264 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5 |
2265 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses | 2265 | - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses |
2266 | 2266 | ||
2267 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c | 2267 | - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c |
2268 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX | 2268 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX |
2269 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 | 2269 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0 |
2270 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 | 2270 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0 |
2271 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 | 2271 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1 |
2272 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 | 2272 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1 |
2273 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 | 2273 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2 |
2274 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 | 2274 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2 |
2275 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 | 2275 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3 |
2276 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 | 2276 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3 |
2277 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 | 2277 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4 |
2278 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 | 2278 | - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4 |
2279 | 2279 | ||
2280 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c | 2280 | - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c |
2281 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ | 2281 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ |
2282 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting | 2282 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting |
2283 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr | 2283 | - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr |
2284 | 2284 | ||
2285 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: | 2285 | - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c: |
2286 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 | 2286 | - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0 |
2287 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 | 2287 | - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420 |
2288 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) | 2288 | 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung) |
2289 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! | 2289 | with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0! |
2290 | 2290 | ||
2291 | additional defines: | 2291 | additional defines: |
2292 | 2292 | ||
2293 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES | 2293 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES |
2294 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you | 2294 | Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you |
2295 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this | 2295 | don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this |
2296 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can | 2296 | is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can |
2297 | omit this define. | 2297 | omit this define. |
2298 | 2298 | ||
2299 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS | 2299 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS |
2300 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. | 2300 | define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware. |
2301 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can | 2301 | if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can |
2302 | omit this define. | 2302 | omit this define. |
2303 | 2303 | ||
2304 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS | 2304 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS |
2305 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected | 2305 | define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected |
2306 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this | 2306 | on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this |
2307 | define. | 2307 | define. |
2308 | 2308 | ||
2309 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES | 2309 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES |
2310 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if | 2310 | hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if |
2311 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example | 2311 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example |
2312 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and | 2312 | a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and |
2313 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: | 2313 | CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9: |
2314 | 2314 | ||
2315 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2315 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2316 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ | 2316 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \ |
2317 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ | 2317 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \ |
2318 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ | 2318 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \ |
2319 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ | 2319 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \ |
2320 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ | 2320 | {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \ |
2321 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ | 2321 | {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \ |
2322 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ | 2322 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \ |
2323 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ | 2323 | {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \ |
2324 | } | 2324 | } |
2325 | 2325 | ||
2326 | which defines | 2326 | which defines |
2327 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux | 2327 | bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux |
2328 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 | 2328 | bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1 |
2329 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 | 2329 | bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2 |
2330 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 | 2330 | bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3 |
2331 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 | 2331 | bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4 |
2332 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 | 2332 | bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5 |
2333 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux | 2333 | bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux |
2334 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 | 2334 | bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1 |
2335 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 | 2335 | bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2 |
2336 | 2336 | ||
2337 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. | 2337 | If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define. |
2338 | 2338 | ||
2339 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | 2339 | - Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C |
2340 | 2340 | ||
2341 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which | 2341 | NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which |
2342 | provides the following compelling advantages: | 2342 | provides the following compelling advantages: |
2343 | 2343 | ||
2344 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable | 2344 | - more than one i2c adapter is usable |
2345 | - approved multibus support | 2345 | - approved multibus support |
2346 | - better i2c mux support | 2346 | - better i2c mux support |
2347 | 2347 | ||
2348 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** | 2348 | ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. ** |
2349 | 2349 | ||
2350 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining | 2350 | These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining |
2351 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver | 2351 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver |
2352 | for the selected CPU. | 2352 | for the selected CPU. |
2353 | 2353 | ||
2354 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot | 2354 | This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot |
2355 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in | 2355 | command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in |
2356 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime | 2356 | CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime |
2357 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the | 2357 | clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the |
2358 | command line interface. | 2358 | command line interface. |
2359 | 2359 | ||
2360 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. | 2360 | CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. |
2361 | 2361 | ||
2362 | There are several other quantities that must also be | 2362 | There are several other quantities that must also be |
2363 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2363 | defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2364 | 2364 | ||
2365 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED | 2365 | In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED |
2366 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus | 2366 | to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus |
2367 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie | 2367 | to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie |
2368 | the CPU's i2c node address). | 2368 | the CPU's i2c node address). |
2369 | 2369 | ||
2370 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx | 2370 | Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx |
2371 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node | 2371 | (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node |
2372 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, | 2372 | and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, |
2373 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set | 2373 | eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set |
2374 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. | 2374 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. |
2375 | 2375 | ||
2376 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX | 2376 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX |
2377 | 2377 | ||
2378 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2378 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2379 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2379 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2380 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start | 2380 | in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start |
2381 | commands until the slave device responds. | 2381 | commands until the slave device responds. |
2382 | 2382 | ||
2383 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. | 2383 | That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. |
2384 | 2384 | ||
2385 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) | 2385 | If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT) |
2386 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are | 2386 | then the following macros need to be defined (examples are |
2387 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): | 2387 | from include/configs/lwmon.h): |
2388 | 2388 | ||
2389 | I2C_INIT | 2389 | I2C_INIT |
2390 | 2390 | ||
2391 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C | 2391 | (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C |
2392 | controller or configure ports. | 2392 | controller or configure ports. |
2393 | 2393 | ||
2394 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) | 2394 | eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) |
2395 | 2395 | ||
2396 | I2C_PORT | 2396 | I2C_PORT |
2397 | 2397 | ||
2398 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code | 2398 | (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code |
2399 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values | 2399 | assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values |
2400 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. | 2400 | are 0..3 for ports A..D. |
2401 | 2401 | ||
2402 | I2C_ACTIVE | 2402 | I2C_ACTIVE |
2403 | 2403 | ||
2404 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active | 2404 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line active |
2405 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this | 2405 | (driven). If the data line is open collector, this |
2406 | define can be null. | 2406 | define can be null. |
2407 | 2407 | ||
2408 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) | 2408 | eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) |
2409 | 2409 | ||
2410 | I2C_TRISTATE | 2410 | I2C_TRISTATE |
2411 | 2411 | ||
2412 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated | 2412 | The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated |
2413 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this | 2413 | (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this |
2414 | define can be null. | 2414 | define can be null. |
2415 | 2415 | ||
2416 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) | 2416 | eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) |
2417 | 2417 | ||
2418 | I2C_READ | 2418 | I2C_READ |
2419 | 2419 | ||
2420 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, | 2420 | Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, |
2421 | false if it is low. | 2421 | false if it is low. |
2422 | 2422 | ||
2423 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) | 2423 | eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) |
2424 | 2424 | ||
2425 | I2C_SDA(bit) | 2425 | I2C_SDA(bit) |
2426 | 2426 | ||
2427 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it | 2427 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it |
2428 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2428 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2429 | 2429 | ||
2430 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ | 2430 | eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ |
2431 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ | 2431 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ |
2432 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA | 2432 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA |
2433 | 2433 | ||
2434 | I2C_SCL(bit) | 2434 | I2C_SCL(bit) |
2435 | 2435 | ||
2436 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it | 2436 | If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it |
2437 | is false, it clears it (low). | 2437 | is false, it clears it (low). |
2438 | 2438 | ||
2439 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ | 2439 | eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ |
2440 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ | 2440 | if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ |
2441 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL | 2441 | else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL |
2442 | 2442 | ||
2443 | I2C_DELAY | 2443 | I2C_DELAY |
2444 | 2444 | ||
2445 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this | 2445 | This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this |
2446 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus | 2446 | controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus |
2447 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something | 2447 | is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something |
2448 | like: | 2448 | like: |
2449 | 2449 | ||
2450 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) | 2450 | #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) |
2451 | 2451 | ||
2452 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA | 2452 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA |
2453 | 2453 | ||
2454 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), | 2454 | If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), |
2455 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be | 2455 | then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be |
2456 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will | 2456 | used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will |
2457 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. | 2457 | have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. |
2458 | 2458 | ||
2459 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to | 2459 | You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to |
2460 | the generic GPIO functions. | 2460 | the generic GPIO functions. |
2461 | 2461 | ||
2462 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD | 2462 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD |
2463 | 2463 | ||
2464 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer | 2464 | When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer |
2465 | chips might think that the current transfer is still | 2465 | chips might think that the current transfer is still |
2466 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access | 2466 | in progress. On some boards it is possible to access |
2467 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the | 2467 | the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the |
2468 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin | 2468 | processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin |
2469 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a | 2469 | connected to the bus. If this option is defined a |
2470 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c | 2470 | custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c |
2471 | is run early in the boot sequence. | 2471 | is run early in the boot sequence. |
2472 | 2472 | ||
2473 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT | 2473 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT |
2474 | 2474 | ||
2475 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is | 2475 | An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is |
2476 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in | 2476 | defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in |
2477 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() | 2477 | boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() |
2478 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus | 2478 | is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus |
2479 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c | 2479 | using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c |
2480 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of | 2480 | controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of |
2481 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus | 2481 | i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus |
2482 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). | 2482 | controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). |
2483 | 2483 | ||
2484 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 2484 | CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
2485 | 2485 | ||
2486 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags | 2486 | This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags |
2487 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment | 2487 | in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment |
2488 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) | 2488 | variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) |
2489 | 2489 | ||
2490 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2490 | CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2491 | 2491 | ||
2492 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which | 2492 | This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which |
2493 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is | 2493 | must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is |
2494 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. | 2494 | active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. |
2495 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. | 2495 | Note that bus numbering is zero-based. |
2496 | 2496 | ||
2497 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES | 2497 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES |
2498 | 2498 | ||
2499 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped | 2499 | This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped |
2500 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2500 | when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2501 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify | 2501 | is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify |
2502 | a 1D array of device addresses | 2502 | a 1D array of device addresses |
2503 | 2503 | ||
2504 | e.g. | 2504 | e.g. |
2505 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2505 | #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2506 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} | 2506 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} |
2507 | 2507 | ||
2508 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus | 2508 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus |
2509 | 2509 | ||
2510 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS | 2510 | #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS |
2511 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} | 2511 | #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} |
2512 | 2512 | ||
2513 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 | 2513 | will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 |
2514 | 2514 | ||
2515 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 2515 | CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
2516 | 2516 | ||
2517 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. | 2517 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. |
2518 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. | 2518 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. |
2519 | 2519 | ||
2520 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM | 2520 | CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM |
2521 | 2521 | ||
2522 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. | 2522 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. |
2523 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. | 2523 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. |
2524 | 2524 | ||
2525 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM | 2525 | CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM |
2526 | 2526 | ||
2527 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. | 2527 | If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. |
2528 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. | 2528 | If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. |
2529 | 2529 | ||
2530 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: | 2530 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: |
2531 | 2531 | ||
2532 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. | 2532 | If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. |
2533 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for | 2533 | If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for |
2534 | specified DTT device. | 2534 | specified DTT device. |
2535 | 2535 | ||
2536 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START | 2536 | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START |
2537 | 2537 | ||
2538 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in | 2538 | defining this will force the i2c_read() function in |
2539 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start | 2539 | the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start |
2540 | between writing the address pointer and reading the | 2540 | between writing the address pointer and reading the |
2541 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour | 2541 | data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour |
2542 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C | 2542 | of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C |
2543 | devices can use either method, but some require one or | 2543 | devices can use either method, but some require one or |
2544 | the other. | 2544 | the other. |
2545 | 2545 | ||
2546 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI | 2546 | - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI |
2547 | 2547 | ||
2548 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with | 2548 | Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with |
2549 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and | 2549 | SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and |
2550 | D/As on the SACSng board) | 2550 | D/As on the SACSng board) |
2551 | 2551 | ||
2552 | CONFIG_SH_SPI | 2552 | CONFIG_SH_SPI |
2553 | 2553 | ||
2554 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently | 2554 | Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently |
2555 | only SH7757 is supported. | 2555 | only SH7757 is supported. |
2556 | 2556 | ||
2557 | CONFIG_SPI_X | 2557 | CONFIG_SPI_X |
2558 | 2558 | ||
2559 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. | 2559 | Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. |
2560 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) | 2560 | (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) |
2561 | 2561 | ||
2562 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI | 2562 | CONFIG_SOFT_SPI |
2563 | 2563 | ||
2564 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than | 2564 | Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than |
2565 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose | 2565 | using hardware support. This is a general purpose |
2566 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins | 2566 | driver that only requires three general I/O port pins |
2567 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is | 2567 | (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is |
2568 | defined, the board configuration must define several | 2568 | defined, the board configuration must define several |
2569 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For | 2569 | SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For |
2570 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. | 2570 | an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. |
2571 | 2571 | ||
2572 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI | 2572 | CONFIG_HARD_SPI |
2573 | 2573 | ||
2574 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads | 2574 | Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads |
2575 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration | 2575 | and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration |
2576 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. | 2576 | must define a list of chip-select function pointers. |
2577 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an | 2577 | Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an |
2578 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. | 2578 | example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. |
2579 | 2579 | ||
2580 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI | 2580 | CONFIG_MXC_SPI |
2581 | 2581 | ||
2582 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC | 2582 | Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC |
2583 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. | 2583 | SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. |
2584 | 2584 | ||
2585 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA | 2585 | - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA |
2586 | 2586 | ||
2587 | Enables FPGA subsystem. | 2587 | Enables FPGA subsystem. |
2588 | 2588 | ||
2589 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> | 2589 | CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> |
2590 | 2590 | ||
2591 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. | 2591 | Enables support for specific chip vendors. |
2592 | (ALTERA, XILINX) | 2592 | (ALTERA, XILINX) |
2593 | 2593 | ||
2594 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> | 2594 | CONFIG_FPGA_<family> |
2595 | 2595 | ||
2596 | Enables support for FPGA family. | 2596 | Enables support for FPGA family. |
2597 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) | 2597 | (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) |
2598 | 2598 | ||
2599 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT | 2599 | CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT |
2600 | 2600 | ||
2601 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. | 2601 | Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. |
2602 | 2602 | ||
2603 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK | 2603 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK |
2604 | 2604 | ||
2605 | Enable support for fpga loadmk command | 2605 | Enable support for fpga loadmk command |
2606 | 2606 | ||
2607 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP | 2607 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP |
2608 | 2608 | ||
2609 | Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream | 2609 | Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream |
2610 | 2610 | ||
2611 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP | 2611 | CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP |
2612 | 2612 | ||
2613 | Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream | 2613 | Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream |
2614 | (Xilinx only) | 2614 | (Xilinx only) |
2615 | 2615 | ||
2616 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK | 2616 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK |
2617 | 2617 | ||
2618 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. | 2618 | Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. |
2619 | 2619 | ||
2620 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY | 2620 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY |
2621 | 2621 | ||
2622 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy | 2622 | Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy |
2623 | status by the configuration function. This option | 2623 | status by the configuration function. This option |
2624 | will require a board or device specific function to | 2624 | will require a board or device specific function to |
2625 | be written. | 2625 | be written. |
2626 | 2626 | ||
2627 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY | 2627 | CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY |
2628 | 2628 | ||
2629 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA | 2629 | If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA |
2630 | configuration driver. | 2630 | configuration driver. |
2631 | 2631 | ||
2632 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC | 2632 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC |
2633 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration | 2633 | Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration |
2634 | 2634 | ||
2635 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR | 2635 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR |
2636 | 2636 | ||
2637 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile | 2637 | Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile |
2638 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II | 2638 | loading. For example, abort during Virtex II |
2639 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which | 2639 | configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which |
2640 | indicated a CRC error). | 2640 | indicated a CRC error). |
2641 | 2641 | ||
2642 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT | 2642 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT |
2643 | 2643 | ||
2644 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert | 2644 | Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert |
2645 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II | 2645 | after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II |
2646 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 | 2646 | FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 |
2647 | ms. | 2647 | ms. |
2648 | 2648 | ||
2649 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY | 2649 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY |
2650 | 2650 | ||
2651 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during | 2651 | Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during |
2652 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. | 2652 | Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. |
2653 | 2653 | ||
2654 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG | 2654 | CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG |
2655 | 2655 | ||
2656 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is | 2656 | Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is |
2657 | 200 ms. | 2657 | 200 ms. |
2658 | 2658 | ||
2659 | - Configuration Management: | 2659 | - Configuration Management: |
2660 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING | 2660 | CONFIG_IDENT_STRING |
2661 | 2661 | ||
2662 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot | 2662 | If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot |
2663 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) | 2663 | version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) |
2664 | 2664 | ||
2665 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: | 2665 | - Vendor Parameter Protection: |
2666 | 2666 | ||
2667 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment | 2667 | U-Boot considers the values of the environment |
2668 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and | 2668 | variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and |
2669 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that | 2669 | "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that |
2670 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and | 2670 | are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and |
2671 | protects these variables from casual modification by | 2671 | protects these variables from casual modification by |
2672 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, | 2672 | the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, |
2673 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can | 2673 | and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can |
2674 | change this behaviour: | 2674 | change this behaviour: |
2675 | 2675 | ||
2676 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config | 2676 | If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config |
2677 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is | 2677 | file, the write protection for vendor parameters is |
2678 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete | 2678 | completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete |
2679 | these parameters. | 2679 | these parameters. |
2680 | 2680 | ||
2681 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR | 2681 | Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR |
2682 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default | 2682 | _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default |
2683 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, | 2683 | Ethernet address is installed in the environment, |
2684 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The | 2684 | which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The |
2685 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains | 2685 | serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains |
2686 | read-only.] | 2686 | read-only.] |
2687 | 2687 | ||
2688 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way | 2688 | The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way |
2689 | for any variable by configuring the type of access | 2689 | for any variable by configuring the type of access |
2690 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable | 2690 | to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable |
2691 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. | 2691 | or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. |
2692 | 2692 | ||
2693 | - Protected RAM: | 2693 | - Protected RAM: |
2694 | CONFIG_PRAM | 2694 | CONFIG_PRAM |
2695 | 2695 | ||
2696 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of | 2696 | Define this variable to enable the reservation of |
2697 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten | 2697 | "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten |
2698 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of | 2698 | by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of |
2699 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite | 2699 | kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite |
2700 | this default value by defining an environment | 2700 | this default value by defining an environment |
2701 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to | 2701 | variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to |
2702 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will | 2702 | reserve. Note that the board info structure will |
2703 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is | 2703 | still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is |
2704 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will | 2704 | reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will |
2705 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of | 2705 | automatically be defined to hold the amount of |
2706 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot | 2706 | remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot |
2707 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: | 2707 | argument to Linux, for instance like that: |
2708 | 2708 | ||
2709 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} | 2709 | setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} |
2710 | saveenv | 2710 | saveenv |
2711 | 2711 | ||
2712 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, | 2712 | This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, |
2713 | either, which results in a memory region that will | 2713 | either, which results in a memory region that will |
2714 | not be affected by reboots. | 2714 | not be affected by reboots. |
2715 | 2715 | ||
2716 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic | 2716 | *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic |
2717 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that | 2717 | detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that |
2718 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the | 2718 | this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the |
2719 | following board configurations are known to be | 2719 | following board configurations are known to be |
2720 | "pRAM-clean": | 2720 | "pRAM-clean": |
2721 | 2721 | ||
2722 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, | 2722 | IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, |
2723 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, | 2723 | HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, |
2724 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 | 2724 | FLAGADM, TQM8260 |
2725 | 2725 | ||
2726 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) | 2726 | - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) |
2727 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not | 2727 | Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not |
2728 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures | 2728 | normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures |
2729 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit | 2729 | support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit |
2730 | machines using physical address extension or similar. | 2730 | machines using physical address extension or similar. |
2731 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which | 2731 | Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which |
2732 | currently only supports clearing the memory. | 2732 | currently only supports clearing the memory. |
2733 | 2733 | ||
2734 | - Error Recovery: | 2734 | - Error Recovery: |
2735 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG | 2735 | CONFIG_PANIC_HANG |
2736 | 2736 | ||
2737 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a | 2737 | Define this variable to stop the system in case of a |
2738 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. | 2738 | fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. |
2739 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded | 2739 | This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded |
2740 | system where you want the system to reboot | 2740 | system where you want the system to reboot |
2741 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be | 2741 | automatically as fast as possible, but it may be |
2742 | useful during development since you can try to debug | 2742 | useful during development since you can try to debug |
2743 | the conditions that lead to the situation. | 2743 | the conditions that lead to the situation. |
2744 | 2744 | ||
2745 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT | 2745 | CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT |
2746 | 2746 | ||
2747 | This variable defines the number of retries for | 2747 | This variable defines the number of retries for |
2748 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP | 2748 | network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP |
2749 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a | 2749 | before giving up the operation. If not defined, a |
2750 | default value of 5 is used. | 2750 | default value of 5 is used. |
2751 | 2751 | ||
2752 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT | 2752 | CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT |
2753 | 2753 | ||
2754 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. | 2754 | Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. |
2755 | 2755 | ||
2756 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT | 2756 | CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT |
2757 | 2757 | ||
2758 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. | 2758 | Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. |
2759 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, | 2759 | If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, |
2760 | try longer timeout such as | 2760 | try longer timeout such as |
2761 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL | 2761 | #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL |
2762 | 2762 | ||
2763 | - Command Interpreter: | 2763 | - Command Interpreter: |
2764 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE | 2764 | CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE |
2765 | 2765 | ||
2766 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. | 2766 | Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. |
2767 | 2767 | ||
2768 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet | 2768 | Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet |
2769 | for the "hush" shell. | 2769 | for the "hush" shell. |
2770 | 2770 | ||
2771 | 2771 | ||
2772 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER | 2772 | CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER |
2773 | 2773 | ||
2774 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from | 2774 | Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from |
2775 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling | 2775 | Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling |
2776 | powerful command line syntax like | 2776 | powerful command line syntax like |
2777 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' | 2777 | if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' |
2778 | constructs ("shell scripts"). | 2778 | constructs ("shell scripts"). |
2779 | 2779 | ||
2780 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour | 2780 | If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour |
2781 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. | 2781 | with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. |
2782 | 2782 | ||
2783 | 2783 | ||
2784 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 | 2784 | CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 |
2785 | 2785 | ||
2786 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is | 2786 | This defines the secondary prompt string, which is |
2787 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input | 2787 | printed when the command interpreter needs more input |
2788 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". | 2788 | to complete a command. Usually "> ". |
2789 | 2789 | ||
2790 | Note: | 2790 | Note: |
2791 | 2791 | ||
2792 | In the current implementation, the local variables | 2792 | In the current implementation, the local variables |
2793 | space and global environment variables space are | 2793 | space and global environment variables space are |
2794 | separated. Local variables are those you define by | 2794 | separated. Local variables are those you define by |
2795 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local | 2795 | simply typing `name=value'. To access a local |
2796 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or | 2796 | variable later on, you have write `$name' or |
2797 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable | 2797 | `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable |
2798 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. | 2798 | directly type `$name' at the command prompt. |
2799 | 2799 | ||
2800 | Global environment variables are those you use | 2800 | Global environment variables are those you use |
2801 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored | 2801 | setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored |
2802 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, | 2802 | in such a variable, you need to use the run command, |
2803 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. | 2803 | and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. |
2804 | 2804 | ||
2805 | To store commands and special characters in a | 2805 | To store commands and special characters in a |
2806 | variable, please use double quotation marks | 2806 | variable, please use double quotation marks |
2807 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead | 2807 | surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead |
2808 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special | 2808 | of the backslashes before semicolons and special |
2809 | symbols. | 2809 | symbols. |
2810 | 2810 | ||
2811 | - Commandline Editing and History: | 2811 | - Commandline Editing and History: |
2812 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING | 2812 | CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING |
2813 | 2813 | ||
2814 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive | 2814 | Enable editing and History functions for interactive |
2815 | commandline input operations | 2815 | commandline input operations |
2816 | 2816 | ||
2817 | - Default Environment: | 2817 | - Default Environment: |
2818 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS | 2818 | CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS |
2819 | 2819 | ||
2820 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated | 2820 | Define this to contain any number of null terminated |
2821 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of | 2821 | strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of |
2822 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. | 2822 | the default environment compiled into the boot image. |
2823 | 2823 | ||
2824 | For example, place something like this in your | 2824 | For example, place something like this in your |
2825 | board's config file: | 2825 | board's config file: |
2826 | 2826 | ||
2827 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ | 2827 | #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ |
2828 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ | 2828 | "myvar1=value1\0" \ |
2829 | "myvar2=value2\0" | 2829 | "myvar2=value2\0" |
2830 | 2830 | ||
2831 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the | 2831 | Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the |
2832 | internal format how the environment is stored by the | 2832 | internal format how the environment is stored by the |
2833 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported | 2833 | U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported |
2834 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format | 2834 | interface! Although it is unlikely that this format |
2835 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. | 2835 | will change soon, there is no guarantee either. |
2836 | You better know what you are doing here. | 2836 | You better know what you are doing here. |
2837 | 2837 | ||
2838 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is | 2838 | Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is |
2839 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset | 2839 | discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset |
2840 | the environment like the "source" command or the | 2840 | the environment like the "source" command or the |
2841 | boot command first. | 2841 | boot command first. |
2842 | 2842 | ||
2843 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG | 2843 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG |
2844 | 2844 | ||
2845 | Define this in order to add variables describing the | 2845 | Define this in order to add variables describing the |
2846 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. | 2846 | U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. |
2847 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. | 2847 | These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. |
2848 | 2848 | ||
2849 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: | 2849 | Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: |
2850 | 2850 | ||
2851 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH | 2851 | - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH |
2852 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU | 2852 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPU |
2853 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD | 2853 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD |
2854 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR | 2854 | - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR |
2855 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC | 2855 | - CONFIG_SYS_SOC |
2856 | 2856 | ||
2857 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG | 2857 | CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG |
2858 | 2858 | ||
2859 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain | 2859 | Define this in order to add variables describing certain |
2860 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the | 2860 | run-time determined information about the hardware to the |
2861 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. | 2861 | environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. |
2862 | 2862 | ||
2863 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT | 2863 | CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT |
2864 | 2864 | ||
2865 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is | 2865 | Normally the environment is loaded when the board is |
2866 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits | 2866 | intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits |
2867 | that so that the environment is not available until | 2867 | that so that the environment is not available until |
2868 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL | 2868 | explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL |
2869 | this is instead controlled by the value of | 2869 | this is instead controlled by the value of |
2870 | /config/load-environment. | 2870 | /config/load-environment. |
2871 | 2871 | ||
2872 | - DataFlash Support: | 2872 | - DataFlash Support: |
2873 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH | 2873 | CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH |
2874 | 2874 | ||
2875 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and | 2875 | Defining this option enables DataFlash features and |
2876 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard | 2876 | allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard |
2877 | commands cp, md... | 2877 | commands cp, md... |
2878 | 2878 | ||
2879 | - Serial Flash support | 2879 | - Serial Flash support |
2880 | CONFIG_CMD_SF | 2880 | CONFIG_CMD_SF |
2881 | 2881 | ||
2882 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands | 2882 | Defining this option enables SPI flash commands |
2883 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. | 2883 | 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. |
2884 | 2884 | ||
2885 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial | 2885 | Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial |
2886 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update | 2886 | flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update |
2887 | commands. | 2887 | commands. |
2888 | 2888 | ||
2889 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform | 2889 | The following defaults may be provided by the platform |
2890 | to handle the common case when only a single serial | 2890 | to handle the common case when only a single serial |
2891 | flash is present on the system. | 2891 | flash is present on the system. |
2892 | 2892 | ||
2893 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier | 2893 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier |
2894 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select | 2894 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select |
2895 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) | 2895 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) |
2896 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz | 2896 | CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz |
2897 | 2897 | ||
2898 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST | 2898 | CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST |
2899 | 2899 | ||
2900 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash | 2900 | Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash |
2901 | test ('sf test'). | 2901 | test ('sf test'). |
2902 | 2902 | ||
2903 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg | 2903 | CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg |
2904 | 2904 | ||
2905 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr | 2905 | Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr |
2906 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. | 2906 | support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes. |
2907 | 2907 | ||
2908 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories | 2908 | CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories |
2909 | 2909 | ||
2910 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash | 2910 | Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash |
2911 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. | 2911 | memories can be connected with a given cs line. |
2912 | currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. | 2912 | currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections. |
2913 | 2913 | ||
2914 | - SystemACE Support: | 2914 | - SystemACE Support: |
2915 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2915 | CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2916 | 2916 | ||
2917 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE | 2917 | Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE |
2918 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address | 2918 | chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address |
2919 | of the chip must also be defined in the | 2919 | of the chip must also be defined in the |
2920 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: | 2920 | CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: |
2921 | 2921 | ||
2922 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE | 2922 | #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE |
2923 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 | 2923 | #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 |
2924 | 2924 | ||
2925 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type | 2925 | When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type |
2926 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. | 2926 | becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. |
2927 | 2927 | ||
2928 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: | 2928 | - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: |
2929 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT | 2929 | CONFIG_TFTP_PORT |
2930 | 2930 | ||
2931 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp | 2931 | If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp |
2932 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. | 2932 | is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. |
2933 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port | 2933 | If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port |
2934 | number generator is used. | 2934 | number generator is used. |
2935 | 2935 | ||
2936 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply | 2936 | Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply |
2937 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't | 2937 | the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't |
2938 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. | 2938 | defined, the normal port 69 is used. |
2939 | 2939 | ||
2940 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to | 2940 | The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to |
2941 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured | 2941 | blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured |
2942 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of | 2942 | target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of |
2943 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing | 2943 | "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing |
2944 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. | 2944 | the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. |
2945 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, | 2945 | A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, |
2946 | but sometimes that is not allowed. | 2946 | but sometimes that is not allowed. |
2947 | 2947 | ||
2948 | - Hashing support: | 2948 | - Hashing support: |
2949 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH | 2949 | CONFIG_CMD_HASH |
2950 | 2950 | ||
2951 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce | 2951 | This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce |
2952 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). | 2952 | hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). |
2953 | 2953 | ||
2954 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY | 2954 | CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY |
2955 | 2955 | ||
2956 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code | 2956 | Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code |
2957 | size a little. | 2957 | size a little. |
2958 | 2958 | ||
2959 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing | 2959 | CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing |
2960 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing | 2960 | CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing |
2961 | 2961 | ||
2962 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps | 2962 | Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps |
2963 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. | 2963 | be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. |
2964 | 2964 | ||
2965 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: | 2965 | - Freescale i.MX specific commands: |
2966 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT | 2966 | CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT |
2967 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an | 2967 | This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an |
2968 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. | 2968 | HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific. |
2969 | 2969 | ||
2970 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE | 2970 | CONFIG_CMD_BMODE |
2971 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing | 2971 | This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing |
2972 | a boot from specific media. | 2972 | a boot from specific media. |
2973 | 2973 | ||
2974 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to | 2974 | This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to |
2975 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating | 2975 | activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating |
2976 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal | 2976 | on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal |
2977 | will set it back to normal. This command currently | 2977 | will set it back to normal. This command currently |
2978 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. | 2978 | supports i.MX53 and i.MX6. |
2979 | 2979 | ||
2980 | - Signing support: | 2980 | - Signing support: |
2981 | CONFIG_RSA | 2981 | CONFIG_RSA |
2982 | 2982 | ||
2983 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification | 2983 | This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification |
2984 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. | 2984 | in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information. |
2985 | 2985 | ||
2986 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this | 2986 | The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this |
2987 | option. | 2987 | option. |
2988 | 2988 | ||
2989 | - bootcount support: | 2989 | - bootcount support: |
2990 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT | 2990 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT |
2991 | 2991 | ||
2992 | This enables the bootcounter support, see: | 2992 | This enables the bootcounter support, see: |
2993 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit | 2993 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit |
2994 | 2994 | ||
2995 | CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE | 2995 | CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE |
2996 | enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. | 2996 | enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards. |
2997 | CONFIG_BLACKFIN | 2997 | CONFIG_BLACKFIN |
2998 | enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. | 2998 | enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards. |
2999 | CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX | 2999 | CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX |
3000 | enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. | 3000 | enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards. |
3001 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM | 3001 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM |
3002 | enable support for the bootcounter in RAM | 3002 | enable support for the bootcounter in RAM |
3003 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C | 3003 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C |
3004 | enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. | 3004 | enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device. |
3005 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address | 3005 | CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address |
3006 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for | 3006 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for |
3007 | the bootcounter. | 3007 | the bootcounter. |
3008 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len | 3008 | CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len |
3009 | 3009 | ||
3010 | - Show boot progress: | 3010 | - Show boot progress: |
3011 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS | 3011 | CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS |
3012 | 3012 | ||
3013 | Defining this option allows to add some board- | 3013 | Defining this option allows to add some board- |
3014 | specific code (calling a user-provided function | 3014 | specific code (calling a user-provided function |
3015 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show | 3015 | "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show |
3016 | the system's boot progress on some display (for | 3016 | the system's boot progress on some display (for |
3017 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, | 3017 | example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, |
3018 | the following checkpoints are implemented: | 3018 | the following checkpoints are implemented: |
3019 | 3019 | ||
3020 | - Detailed boot stage timing | 3020 | - Detailed boot stage timing |
3021 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE | 3021 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE |
3022 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage | 3022 | Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage |
3023 | of the boot process. | 3023 | of the boot process. |
3024 | 3024 | ||
3025 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT | 3025 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT |
3026 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. | 3026 | This is the number of available user bootstage records. |
3027 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) | 3027 | Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) |
3028 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed | 3028 | a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed |
3029 | the limit, recording will stop. | 3029 | the limit, recording will stop. |
3030 | 3030 | ||
3031 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT | 3031 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT |
3032 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: | 3032 | Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: |
3033 | 3033 | ||
3034 | Timer summary in microseconds: | 3034 | Timer summary in microseconds: |
3035 | Mark Elapsed Stage | 3035 | Mark Elapsed Stage |
3036 | 0 0 reset | 3036 | 0 0 reset |
3037 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start | 3037 | 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start |
3038 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 | 3038 | 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 |
3039 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done | 3039 | 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done |
3040 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start | 3040 | 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start |
3041 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop | 3041 | 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop |
3042 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start | 3042 | 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start |
3043 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel | 3043 | 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel |
3044 | 3044 | ||
3045 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE | 3045 | CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE |
3046 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report | 3046 | Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report |
3047 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. | 3047 | and un/stashing of bootstage data. |
3048 | 3048 | ||
3049 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT | 3049 | CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT |
3050 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' | 3050 | Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' |
3051 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child | 3051 | node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child |
3052 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the | 3052 | has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the |
3053 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the | 3053 | mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the |
3054 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. | 3054 | accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. |
3055 | For example: | 3055 | For example: |
3056 | 3056 | ||
3057 | bootstage { | 3057 | bootstage { |
3058 | 154 { | 3058 | 154 { |
3059 | name = "board_init_f"; | 3059 | name = "board_init_f"; |
3060 | mark = <3575678>; | 3060 | mark = <3575678>; |
3061 | }; | 3061 | }; |
3062 | 170 { | 3062 | 170 { |
3063 | name = "lcd"; | 3063 | name = "lcd"; |
3064 | accum = <33482>; | 3064 | accum = <33482>; |
3065 | }; | 3065 | }; |
3066 | }; | 3066 | }; |
3067 | 3067 | ||
3068 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. | 3068 | Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. |
3069 | 3069 | ||
3070 | Legacy uImage format: | 3070 | Legacy uImage format: |
3071 | 3071 | ||
3072 | Arg Where When | 3072 | Arg Where When |
3073 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image | 3073 | 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image |
3074 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number | 3074 | -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number |
3075 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number | 3075 | 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number |
3076 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum | 3076 | -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum |
3077 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum | 3077 | 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum |
3078 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum | 3078 | -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum |
3079 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum | 3079 | 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum |
3080 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture | 3080 | -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture |
3081 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3081 | 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3082 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) | 3082 | -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) |
3083 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK | 3083 | 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK |
3084 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error | 3084 | -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error |
3085 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type | 3085 | -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type |
3086 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK | 3086 | 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK |
3087 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3087 | 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3088 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) | 3088 | -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) |
3089 | 3089 | ||
3090 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3090 | 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3091 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number | 3091 | -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number |
3092 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum | 3092 | -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum |
3093 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK | 3093 | 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK |
3094 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum | 3094 | -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum |
3095 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum | 3095 | 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum |
3096 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading | 3096 | 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading |
3097 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) | 3097 | -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) |
3098 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification | 3098 | 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification |
3099 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. | 3099 | 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. |
3100 | 3100 | ||
3101 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS | 3101 | 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS |
3102 | 3102 | ||
3103 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system | 3103 | -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system |
3104 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() | 3104 | -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() |
3105 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() | 3105 | -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() |
3106 | 3106 | ||
3107 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device | 3107 | 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device |
3108 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command | 3108 | -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command |
3109 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command | 3109 | 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command |
3110 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device | 3110 | -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device |
3111 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device | 3111 | 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device |
3112 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 3112 | -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
3113 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available | 3113 | 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available |
3114 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device | 3114 | -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device |
3115 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK | 3115 | 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK |
3116 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number | 3116 | -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number |
3117 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 3117 | 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
3118 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device | 3118 | -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device |
3119 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number | 3119 | 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number |
3120 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device | 3120 | 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device |
3121 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command | 3121 | -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command |
3122 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command | 3122 | 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command |
3123 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device | 3123 | -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device |
3124 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found | 3124 | 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found |
3125 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available | 3125 | -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available |
3126 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available | 3126 | 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available |
3127 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected | 3127 | -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected |
3128 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected | 3128 | 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected |
3129 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table | 3129 | -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table |
3130 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found | 3130 | 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found |
3131 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type | 3131 | -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type |
3132 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type | 3132 | 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type |
3133 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 3133 | -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
3134 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK | 3134 | 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK |
3135 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number | 3135 | -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number |
3136 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number | 3136 | 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number |
3137 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum | 3137 | -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum |
3138 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum | 3138 | 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum |
3139 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device | 3139 | -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device |
3140 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK | 3140 | 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK |
3141 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device | 3141 | 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device |
3142 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command | 3142 | -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command |
3143 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command | 3143 | 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command |
3144 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device | 3144 | -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device |
3145 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found | 3145 | 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found |
3146 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device | 3146 | -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device |
3147 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available | 3147 | 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available |
3148 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device | 3148 | -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device |
3149 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK | 3149 | 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK |
3150 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number | 3150 | -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number |
3151 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number | 3151 | 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number |
3152 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device | 3152 | -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device |
3153 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK | 3153 | 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK |
3154 | 3154 | ||
3155 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default | 3155 | -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default |
3156 | 3156 | ||
3157 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. | 3157 | 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. |
3158 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. | 3158 | -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. |
3159 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. | 3159 | 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. |
3160 | 3160 | ||
3161 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong | 3161 | -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong |
3162 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() | 3162 | 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() |
3163 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred | 3163 | -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred |
3164 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error | 3164 | 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error |
3165 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) | 3165 | -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) |
3166 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot | 3166 | 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot |
3167 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command | 3167 | 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command |
3168 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command | 3168 | -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command |
3169 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors | 3169 | 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors |
3170 | 3170 | ||
3171 | FIT uImage format: | 3171 | FIT uImage format: |
3172 | 3172 | ||
3173 | Arg Where When | 3173 | Arg Where When |
3174 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format | 3174 | 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format |
3175 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format | 3175 | -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format |
3176 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration | 3176 | 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration |
3177 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage | 3177 | -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage |
3178 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified | 3178 | 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified |
3179 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset | 3179 | -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset |
3180 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node | 3180 | 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node |
3181 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset | 3181 | 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset |
3182 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed | 3182 | -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed |
3183 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK | 3183 | 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK |
3184 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture | 3184 | -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture |
3185 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK | 3185 | 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK |
3186 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type | 3186 | -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type |
3187 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK | 3187 | 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK |
3188 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size | 3188 | -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size |
3189 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size | 3189 | 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size |
3190 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) | 3190 | -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) |
3191 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type | 3191 | -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type |
3192 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp | 3192 | -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp |
3193 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os | 3193 | -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os |
3194 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address | 3194 | -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address |
3195 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error | 3195 | -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error |
3196 | 3196 | ||
3197 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification | 3197 | 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification |
3198 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format | 3198 | -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format |
3199 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format | 3199 | 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format |
3200 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration | 3200 | 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration |
3201 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage | 3201 | -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage |
3202 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified | 3202 | 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified |
3203 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset | 3203 | -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset |
3204 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset | 3204 | 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset |
3205 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed | 3205 | -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed |
3206 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK | 3206 | 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK |
3207 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture | 3207 | -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture |
3208 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK | 3208 | 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK |
3209 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size | 3209 | -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size |
3210 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size | 3210 | 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size |
3211 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address | 3211 | 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address |
3212 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address | 3212 | -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address |
3213 | 3213 | ||
3214 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3214 | -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3215 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK | 3215 | 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK |
3216 | 3216 | ||
3217 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3217 | -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3218 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK | 3218 | 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK |
3219 | 3219 | ||
3220 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format | 3220 | -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format |
3221 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK | 3221 | 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK |
3222 | 3222 | ||
3223 | - legacy image format: | 3223 | - legacy image format: |
3224 | CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 3224 | CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY |
3225 | enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. | 3225 | enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot. |
3226 | 3226 | ||
3227 | Default: | 3227 | Default: |
3228 | enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. | 3228 | enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined. |
3229 | 3229 | ||
3230 | CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY | 3230 | CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY |
3231 | disable the legacy image format | 3231 | disable the legacy image format |
3232 | 3232 | ||
3233 | This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is | 3233 | This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is |
3234 | enabled per default for backward compatibility. | 3234 | enabled per default for backward compatibility. |
3235 | 3235 | ||
3236 | - FIT image support: | 3236 | - FIT image support: |
3237 | CONFIG_FIT | 3237 | CONFIG_FIT |
3238 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. | 3238 | Enable support for the FIT uImage format. |
3239 | 3239 | ||
3240 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH | 3240 | CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH |
3241 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the | 3241 | When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the |
3242 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of | 3242 | one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of |
3243 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the | 3243 | U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the |
3244 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. | 3244 | most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. |
3245 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. | 3245 | The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. |
3246 | 3246 | ||
3247 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE | 3247 | CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE |
3248 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, | 3248 | This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages, |
3249 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See | 3249 | using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See |
3250 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. | 3250 | doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details. |
3251 | 3251 | ||
3252 | WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required | 3252 | WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required |
3253 | signature check the legacy image format is default | 3253 | signature check the legacy image format is default |
3254 | disabled. If a board need legacy image format support | 3254 | disabled. If a board need legacy image format support |
3255 | enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY | 3255 | enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY |
3256 | 3256 | ||
3257 | - Standalone program support: | 3257 | - Standalone program support: |
3258 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR | 3258 | CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR |
3259 | 3259 | ||
3260 | This option defines a board specific value for the | 3260 | This option defines a board specific value for the |
3261 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus | 3261 | address where standalone program gets loaded, thus |
3262 | overwriting the architecture dependent default | 3262 | overwriting the architecture dependent default |
3263 | settings. | 3263 | settings. |
3264 | 3264 | ||
3265 | - Frame Buffer Address: | 3265 | - Frame Buffer Address: |
3266 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR | 3266 | CONFIG_FB_ADDR |
3267 | 3267 | ||
3268 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific | 3268 | Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific |
3269 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case | 3269 | address for frame buffer. This is typically the case |
3270 | when using a graphics controller has separate video | 3270 | when using a graphics controller has separate video |
3271 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at | 3271 | memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at |
3272 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it | 3272 | the given address instead of dynamically reserving it |
3273 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs | 3273 | in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs |
3274 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the | 3274 | the memory for the frame buffer depending on the |
3275 | configured panel size. | 3275 | configured panel size. |
3276 | 3276 | ||
3277 | Please see board_init_f function. | 3277 | Please see board_init_f function. |
3278 | 3278 | ||
3279 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server | 3279 | - Automatic software updates via TFTP server |
3280 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP | 3280 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP |
3281 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX | 3281 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX |
3282 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX | 3282 | CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX |
3283 | 3283 | ||
3284 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; | 3284 | These options enable and control the auto-update feature; |
3285 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. | 3285 | for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. |
3286 | 3286 | ||
3287 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) | 3287 | - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) |
3288 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE | 3288 | CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE |
3289 | 3289 | ||
3290 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. | 3290 | Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. |
3291 | Needed for mtdparts command support. | 3291 | Needed for mtdparts command support. |
3292 | 3292 | ||
3293 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS | 3293 | CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS |
3294 | 3294 | ||
3295 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux | 3295 | Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux |
3296 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. | 3296 | kernel. Needed for UBI support. |
3297 | 3297 | ||
3298 | - UBI support | 3298 | - UBI support |
3299 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI | 3299 | CONFIG_CMD_UBI |
3300 | 3300 | ||
3301 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted | 3301 | Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted |
3302 | with the UBI flash translation layer | 3302 | with the UBI flash translation layer |
3303 | 3303 | ||
3304 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE | 3304 | Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE |
3305 | 3305 | ||
3306 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 3306 | CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
3307 | 3307 | ||
3308 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves | 3308 | Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves |
3309 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3309 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3310 | 3310 | ||
3311 | - UBIFS support | 3311 | - UBIFS support |
3312 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS | 3312 | CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS |
3313 | 3313 | ||
3314 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as | 3314 | Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as |
3315 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. | 3315 | UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. |
3316 | 3316 | ||
3317 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO | 3317 | Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO |
3318 | 3318 | ||
3319 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 3319 | CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
3320 | 3320 | ||
3321 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves | 3321 | Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves |
3322 | warnings and errors enabled. | 3322 | warnings and errors enabled. |
3323 | 3323 | ||
3324 | - SPL framework | 3324 | - SPL framework |
3325 | CONFIG_SPL | 3325 | CONFIG_SPL |
3326 | Enable building of SPL globally. | 3326 | Enable building of SPL globally. |
3327 | 3327 | ||
3328 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT | 3328 | CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT |
3329 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. | 3329 | LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. |
3330 | 3330 | ||
3331 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT | 3331 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT |
3332 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. | 3332 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. |
3333 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory | 3333 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory |
3334 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3334 | used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3335 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3335 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3336 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3336 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3337 | 3337 | ||
3338 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE | 3338 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE |
3339 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and | 3339 | Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and |
3340 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. | 3340 | linker lists sections), BSS excluded. |
3341 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does | 3341 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does |
3342 | not exceed it. | 3342 | not exceed it. |
3343 | 3343 | ||
3344 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE | 3344 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE |
3345 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. | 3345 | TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. |
3346 | 3346 | ||
3347 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE | 3347 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE |
3348 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3348 | Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3349 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). | 3349 | CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). |
3350 | 3350 | ||
3351 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR | 3351 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR |
3352 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. | 3352 | Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. |
3353 | 3353 | ||
3354 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3354 | CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3355 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. | 3355 | Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. |
3356 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used | 3356 | When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used |
3357 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. | 3357 | by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. |
3358 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE | 3358 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE |
3359 | must not be both defined at the same time. | 3359 | must not be both defined at the same time. |
3360 | 3360 | ||
3361 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK | 3361 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK |
3362 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use | 3362 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use |
3363 | 3363 | ||
3364 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK | 3364 | CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK |
3365 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after | 3365 | Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after |
3366 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to | 3366 | relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to |
3367 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. | 3367 | CONFIG_SPL_STACK. |
3368 | 3368 | ||
3369 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START | 3369 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START |
3370 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3370 | Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3371 | 3371 | ||
3372 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE | 3372 | CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE |
3373 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. | 3373 | The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. |
3374 | 3374 | ||
3375 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK | 3375 | CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK |
3376 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework | 3376 | Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework |
3377 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND | 3377 | supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND |
3378 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. | 3378 | NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. |
3379 | 3379 | ||
3380 | CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT | 3380 | CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT |
3381 | Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. | 3381 | Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL. |
3382 | See also: doc/README.falcon | 3382 | See also: doc/README.falcon |
3383 | 3383 | ||
3384 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT | 3384 | CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT |
3385 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information | 3385 | For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information |
3386 | about the running system. | 3386 | about the running system. |
3387 | 3387 | ||
3388 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL | 3388 | CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL |
3389 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image | 3389 | Arch init code should be built for a very small image |
3390 | 3390 | ||
3391 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT | 3391 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT |
3392 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary | 3392 | Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary |
3393 | 3393 | ||
3394 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT | 3394 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT |
3395 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary | 3395 | Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary |
3396 | 3396 | ||
3397 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT | 3397 | CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT |
3398 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary | 3398 | Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary |
3399 | 3399 | ||
3400 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT | 3400 | CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT |
3401 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary | 3401 | Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary |
3402 | 3402 | ||
3403 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT | 3403 | CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT |
3404 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary | 3404 | Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary |
3405 | 3405 | ||
3406 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, | 3406 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, |
3407 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, | 3407 | CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, |
3408 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION | 3408 | CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION |
3409 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from | 3409 | Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from |
3410 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. | 3410 | when the MMC is being used in raw mode. |
3411 | 3411 | ||
3412 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR | 3412 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR |
3413 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being | 3413 | Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being |
3414 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) | 3414 | used in raw mode (for Falcon mode) |
3415 | 3415 | ||
3416 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, | 3416 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR, |
3417 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS | 3417 | CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS |
3418 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument | 3418 | Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument |
3419 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode | 3419 | parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode |
3420 | (for falcon mode) | 3420 | (for falcon mode) |
3421 | 3421 | ||
3422 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT | 3422 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT |
3423 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary | 3423 | Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary |
3424 | 3424 | ||
3425 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME | 3425 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME |
3426 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT | 3426 | Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT |
3427 | 3427 | ||
3428 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME | 3428 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME |
3429 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading | 3429 | Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading |
3430 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3430 | from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3431 | 3431 | ||
3432 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME | 3432 | CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME |
3433 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters | 3433 | Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters |
3434 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) | 3434 | when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode) |
3435 | 3435 | ||
3436 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND | 3436 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND |
3437 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that | 3437 | Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that |
3438 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before | 3438 | start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before |
3439 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just | 3439 | continuing (the hardware starts execution after just |
3440 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). | 3440 | loading the first page rather than the full 4K). |
3441 | 3441 | ||
3442 | CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE | 3442 | CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE |
3443 | Avoid SPL relocation | 3443 | Avoid SPL relocation |
3444 | 3444 | ||
3445 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE | 3445 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE |
3446 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires | 3446 | Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires |
3447 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. | 3447 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. |
3448 | 3448 | ||
3449 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS | 3449 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS |
3450 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. | 3450 | SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. |
3451 | 3451 | ||
3452 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC | 3452 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC |
3453 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL | 3453 | Include standard software ECC in the SPL |
3454 | 3454 | ||
3455 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE | 3455 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE |
3456 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that | 3456 | Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that |
3457 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. | 3457 | expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. |
3458 | 3458 | ||
3459 | CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT | 3459 | CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT |
3460 | Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for | 3460 | Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for |
3461 | environment on NAND support within SPL. | 3461 | environment on NAND support within SPL. |
3462 | 3462 | ||
3463 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT | 3463 | CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT |
3464 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for | 3464 | Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for |
3465 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. | 3465 | drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary. |
3466 | 3466 | ||
3467 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR | 3467 | CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR |
3468 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in | 3468 | Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in |
3469 | SPL binary. | 3469 | SPL binary. |
3470 | 3470 | ||
3471 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, | 3471 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, |
3472 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, | 3472 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, |
3473 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, | 3473 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, |
3474 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, | 3474 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, |
3475 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES | 3475 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES |
3476 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses | 3476 | Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses |
3477 | to read U-Boot | 3477 | to read U-Boot |
3478 | 3478 | ||
3479 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT | 3479 | CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT |
3480 | Add support NAND boot | 3480 | Add support NAND boot |
3481 | 3481 | ||
3482 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS | 3482 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS |
3483 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from | 3483 | Location in NAND to read U-Boot from |
3484 | 3484 | ||
3485 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST | 3485 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST |
3486 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to | 3486 | Location in memory to load U-Boot to |
3487 | 3487 | ||
3488 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE | 3488 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE |
3489 | Size of image to load | 3489 | Size of image to load |
3490 | 3490 | ||
3491 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START | 3491 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START |
3492 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to | 3492 | Entry point in loaded image to jump to |
3493 | 3493 | ||
3494 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST | 3494 | CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST |
3495 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the | 3495 | Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the |
3496 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. | 3496 | data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. |
3497 | 3497 | ||
3498 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND | 3498 | CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND |
3499 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the | 3499 | Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the |
3500 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. | 3500 | ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. |
3501 | 3501 | ||
3502 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT | 3502 | CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT |
3503 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary | 3503 | Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary |
3504 | 3504 | ||
3505 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT | 3505 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT |
3506 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary | 3506 | Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary |
3507 | 3507 | ||
3508 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT | 3508 | CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT |
3509 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary | 3509 | Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary |
3510 | 3510 | ||
3511 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE | 3511 | CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE |
3512 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary | 3512 | Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary |
3513 | 3513 | ||
3514 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT | 3514 | CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT |
3515 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary | 3515 | Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary |
3516 | 3516 | ||
3517 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT | 3517 | CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT |
3518 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary | 3518 | Support for the environment operating in SPL binary |
3519 | 3519 | ||
3520 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT | 3520 | CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT |
3521 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. | 3521 | Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary. |
3522 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by | 3522 | It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by |
3523 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE | 3523 | CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE |
3524 | 3524 | ||
3525 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO | 3525 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO |
3526 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending | 3526 | Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending |
3527 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3527 | the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3528 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3528 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3529 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3529 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3530 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3530 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3531 | 3531 | ||
3532 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET | 3532 | CONFIG_SPL_TARGET |
3533 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs | 3533 | Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs |
3534 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for | 3534 | use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for |
3535 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. | 3535 | example if more than one image needs to be produced. |
3536 | 3536 | ||
3537 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT | 3537 | CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT |
3538 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of | 3538 | Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of |
3539 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this | 3539 | code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this |
3540 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the | 3540 | option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the |
3541 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. | 3541 | bootm command when booting a FIT image. |
3542 | 3542 | ||
3543 | - TPL framework | 3543 | - TPL framework |
3544 | CONFIG_TPL | 3544 | CONFIG_TPL |
3545 | Enable building of TPL globally. | 3545 | Enable building of TPL globally. |
3546 | 3546 | ||
3547 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO | 3547 | CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO |
3548 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending | 3548 | Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending |
3549 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as | 3549 | the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as |
3550 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. | 3550 | CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. |
3551 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL | 3551 | CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL |
3552 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. | 3552 | payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. |
3553 | 3553 | ||
3554 | Modem Support: | 3554 | Modem Support: |
3555 | -------------- | 3555 | -------------- |
3556 | 3556 | ||
3557 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] | 3557 | [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] |
3558 | 3558 | ||
3559 | - Modem support enable: | 3559 | - Modem support enable: |
3560 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT | 3560 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT |
3561 | 3561 | ||
3562 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: | 3562 | - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: |
3563 | CONFIG_HWFLOW | 3563 | CONFIG_HWFLOW |
3564 | 3564 | ||
3565 | - Modem debug support: | 3565 | - Modem debug support: |
3566 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG | 3566 | CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG |
3567 | 3567 | ||
3568 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) | 3568 | Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) |
3569 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. | 3569 | for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. |
3570 | 3570 | ||
3571 | - Interrupt support (PPC): | 3571 | - Interrupt support (PPC): |
3572 | 3572 | ||
3573 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() | 3573 | There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() |
3574 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() | 3574 | for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() |
3575 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() | 3575 | for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() |
3576 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If | 3576 | should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If |
3577 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt | 3577 | CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt |
3578 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. | 3578 | (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. |
3579 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU | 3579 | timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU |
3580 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led | 3580 | specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led |
3581 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from | 3581 | / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from |
3582 | general timer_interrupt(). | 3582 | general timer_interrupt(). |
3583 | 3583 | ||
3584 | - General: | 3584 | - General: |
3585 | 3585 | ||
3586 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a | 3586 | In the target system modem support is enabled when a |
3587 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during | 3587 | specific key (key combination) is pressed during |
3588 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally | 3588 | power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally |
3589 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from | 3589 | (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from |
3590 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy | 3590 | board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy |
3591 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem | 3591 | function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem |
3592 | initialization. | 3592 | initialization. |
3593 | 3593 | ||
3594 | If there are no modem init strings in the | 3594 | If there are no modem init strings in the |
3595 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the | 3595 | environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the |
3596 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be | 3596 | previous output (banner, info printfs) will be |
3597 | suppressed, though. | 3597 | suppressed, though. |
3598 | 3598 | ||
3599 | See also: doc/README.Modem | 3599 | See also: doc/README.Modem |
3600 | 3600 | ||
3601 | Board initialization settings: | 3601 | Board initialization settings: |
3602 | ------------------------------ | 3602 | ------------------------------ |
3603 | 3603 | ||
3604 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions | 3604 | During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions |
3605 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup | 3605 | to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup |
3606 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the | 3606 | before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the |
3607 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is | 3607 | following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is |
3608 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c | 3608 | architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c |
3609 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). | 3609 | typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). |
3610 | 3610 | ||
3611 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() | 3611 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() |
3612 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() | 3612 | - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() |
3613 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() | 3613 | - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() |
3614 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() | 3614 | - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() |
3615 | 3615 | ||
3616 | Configuration Settings: | 3616 | Configuration Settings: |
3617 | ----------------------- | 3617 | ----------------------- |
3618 | 3618 | ||
3619 | - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. | 3619 | - CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit. |
3620 | Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. | 3620 | Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands. |
3621 | 3621 | ||
3622 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; | 3622 | - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; |
3623 | undefine this when you're short of memory. | 3623 | undefine this when you're short of memory. |
3624 | 3624 | ||
3625 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default | 3625 | - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default |
3626 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. | 3626 | width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. |
3627 | 3627 | ||
3628 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to | 3628 | - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to |
3629 | prompt for user input. | 3629 | prompt for user input. |
3630 | 3630 | ||
3631 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console | 3631 | - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console |
3632 | 3632 | ||
3633 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output | 3633 | - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output |
3634 | 3634 | ||
3635 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands | 3635 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands |
3636 | 3636 | ||
3637 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to | 3637 | - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to |
3638 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is | 3638 | the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is |
3639 | booted | 3639 | booted |
3640 | 3640 | ||
3641 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: | 3641 | - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: |
3642 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. | 3642 | List of legal baudrate settings for this board. |
3643 | 3643 | ||
3644 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET | 3644 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET |
3645 | Suppress display of console information at boot. | 3645 | Suppress display of console information at boot. |
3646 | 3646 | ||
3647 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV | 3647 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV |
3648 | If the board specific function | 3648 | If the board specific function |
3649 | extern int overwrite_console (void); | 3649 | extern int overwrite_console (void); |
3650 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the | 3650 | returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the |
3651 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. | 3651 | serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. |
3652 | 3652 | ||
3653 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE | 3653 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE |
3654 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). | 3654 | Enable the call to overwrite_console(). |
3655 | 3655 | ||
3656 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE | 3656 | - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE |
3657 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. | 3657 | Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. |
3658 | 3658 | ||
3659 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: | 3659 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: |
3660 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the | 3660 | Begin and End addresses of the area used by the |
3661 | simple memory test. | 3661 | simple memory test. |
3662 | 3662 | ||
3663 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: | 3663 | - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: |
3664 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. | 3664 | Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. |
3665 | 3665 | ||
3666 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: | 3666 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: |
3667 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test | 3667 | Scratch address used by the alternate memory test |
3668 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable | 3668 | You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable |
3669 | 3669 | ||
3670 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): | 3670 | - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): |
3671 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, | 3671 | If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, |
3672 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top | 3672 | this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top |
3673 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By | 3673 | (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By |
3674 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed | 3674 | fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed |
3675 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. | 3675 | the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. |
3676 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux | 3676 | This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux |
3677 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that | 3677 | board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that |
3678 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup | 3678 | recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup |
3679 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. | 3679 | will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. |
3680 | 3680 | ||
3681 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx | 3681 | This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx |
3682 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't | 3682 | CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't |
3683 | be touched. | 3683 | be touched. |
3684 | 3684 | ||
3685 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of | 3685 | WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of |
3686 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, | 3686 | the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, |
3687 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a | 3687 | then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a |
3688 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major | 3688 | non page size aligned address and this could cause major |
3689 | problems. | 3689 | problems. |
3690 | 3690 | ||
3691 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: | 3691 | - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: |
3692 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download | 3692 | Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download |
3693 | 3693 | ||
3694 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: | 3694 | - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: |
3695 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. | 3695 | Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. |
3696 | 3696 | ||
3697 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: | 3697 | - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: |
3698 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a | 3698 | Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a |
3699 | Cogent motherboard) | 3699 | Cogent motherboard) |
3700 | 3700 | ||
3701 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: | 3701 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: |
3702 | Physical start address of Flash memory. | 3702 | Physical start address of Flash memory. |
3703 | 3703 | ||
3704 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: | 3704 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: |
3705 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by | 3705 | Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by |
3706 | make config files to be same as the text base address | 3706 | make config files to be same as the text base address |
3707 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as | 3707 | (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as |
3708 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. | 3708 | CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. |
3709 | 3709 | ||
3710 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: | 3710 | - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: |
3711 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to | 3711 | Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to |
3712 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is | 3712 | determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is |
3713 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate | 3713 | embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate |
3714 | flash sector. | 3714 | flash sector. |
3715 | 3715 | ||
3716 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: | 3716 | - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: |
3717 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. | 3717 | Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. |
3718 | 3718 | ||
3719 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: | 3719 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: |
3720 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an | 3720 | Normally compressed uImages are limited to an |
3721 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, | 3721 | uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, |
3722 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file | 3722 | you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file |
3723 | to adjust this setting to your needs. | 3723 | to adjust this setting to your needs. |
3724 | 3724 | ||
3725 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: | 3725 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: |
3726 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of | 3726 | Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of |
3727 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by | 3727 | the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by |
3728 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if | 3728 | the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if |
3729 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" | 3729 | used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" |
3730 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case | 3730 | environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case |
3731 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" | 3731 | all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" |
3732 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment | 3732 | and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment |
3733 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of | 3733 | variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of |
3734 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, | 3734 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, |
3735 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. | 3735 | then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. |
3736 | 3736 | ||
3737 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: | 3737 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: |
3738 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the | 3738 | Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the |
3739 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand | 3739 | initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand |
3740 | is enabled. | 3740 | is enabled. |
3741 | 3741 | ||
3742 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: | 3742 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: |
3743 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between | 3743 | Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between |
3744 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3744 | "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3745 | 3745 | ||
3746 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: | 3746 | - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: |
3747 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in | 3747 | Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in |
3748 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. | 3748 | space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. |
3749 | 3749 | ||
3750 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: | 3750 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: |
3751 | Max number of Flash memory banks | 3751 | Max number of Flash memory banks |
3752 | 3752 | ||
3753 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: | 3753 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: |
3754 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip | 3754 | Max number of sectors on a Flash chip |
3755 | 3755 | ||
3756 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: | 3756 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: |
3757 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) | 3757 | Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) |
3758 | 3758 | ||
3759 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: | 3759 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: |
3760 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) | 3760 | Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) |
3761 | 3761 | ||
3762 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT | 3762 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT |
3763 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) | 3763 | Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) |
3764 | 3764 | ||
3765 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT | 3765 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT |
3766 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) | 3766 | Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) |
3767 | 3767 | ||
3768 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION | 3768 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION |
3769 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used | 3769 | If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used |
3770 | instead of U-Boot software protection. | 3770 | instead of U-Boot software protection. |
3771 | 3771 | ||
3772 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: | 3772 | - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: |
3773 | 3773 | ||
3774 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; | 3774 | Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; |
3775 | without this option such a download has to be | 3775 | without this option such a download has to be |
3776 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) | 3776 | performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) |
3777 | copy from RAM to flash. | 3777 | copy from RAM to flash. |
3778 | 3778 | ||
3779 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since | 3779 | The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since |
3780 | you can check if the download worked before you erase | 3780 | you can check if the download worked before you erase |
3781 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is | 3781 | the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is |
3782 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the | 3782 | too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the |
3783 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. | 3783 | downloaded image) this option may be very useful. |
3784 | 3784 | ||
3785 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: | 3785 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: |
3786 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the | 3786 | Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the |
3787 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. | 3787 | common flash structure for storing flash geometry. |
3788 | 3788 | ||
3789 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER | 3789 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER |
3790 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver | 3790 | This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver |
3791 | in the drivers directory | 3791 | in the drivers directory |
3792 | 3792 | ||
3793 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD | 3793 | - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD |
3794 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver | 3794 | This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver |
3795 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash | 3795 | in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash |
3796 | to the MTD layer. | 3796 | to the MTD layer. |
3797 | 3797 | ||
3798 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE | 3798 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE |
3799 | Use buffered writes to flash. | 3799 | Use buffered writes to flash. |
3800 | 3800 | ||
3801 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N | 3801 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N |
3802 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered | 3802 | s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered |
3803 | write commands. | 3803 | write commands. |
3804 | 3804 | ||
3805 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST | 3805 | - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST |
3806 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't | 3806 | If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't |
3807 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This | 3807 | print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This |
3808 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only | 3808 | is useful, if some of the configured banks are only |
3809 | optionally available. | 3809 | optionally available. |
3810 | 3810 | ||
3811 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS | 3811 | - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS |
3812 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown | 3812 | If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown |
3813 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 | 3813 | digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 |
3814 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. | 3814 | column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. |
3815 | 3815 | ||
3816 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY | 3816 | - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY |
3817 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared | 3817 | If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared |
3818 | against the source after the write operation. An error message | 3818 | against the source after the write operation. An error message |
3819 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. | 3819 | will be printed when the contents are not identical. |
3820 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, | 3820 | Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, |
3821 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier | 3821 | since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier |
3822 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable | 3822 | while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable |
3823 | this option if you really know what you are doing. | 3823 | this option if you really know what you are doing. |
3824 | 3824 | ||
3825 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: | 3825 | - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: |
3826 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some | 3826 | Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some |
3827 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value | 3827 | Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value |
3828 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all | 3828 | to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all |
3829 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface | 3829 | buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface |
3830 | on high Ethernet traffic. | 3830 | on high Ethernet traffic. |
3831 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. | 3831 | Defaults to 4 if not defined. |
3832 | 3832 | ||
3833 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES | 3833 | - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES |
3834 | 3834 | ||
3835 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used | 3835 | Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used |
3836 | internally to store the environment settings. The default | 3836 | internally to store the environment settings. The default |
3837 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most | 3837 | setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most |
3838 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see | 3838 | cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see |
3839 | lib/hashtable.c for details. | 3839 | lib/hashtable.c for details. |
3840 | 3840 | ||
3841 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3841 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3842 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3842 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3843 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when | 3843 | Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when |
3844 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, | 3844 | calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, |
3845 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, | 3845 | hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, |
3846 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. | 3846 | the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. |
3847 | 3847 | ||
3848 | The format of the list is: | 3848 | The format of the list is: |
3849 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] | 3849 | type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] |
3850 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] | 3850 | access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] |
3851 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] | 3851 | attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] |
3852 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] | 3852 | entry = variable_name[:attributes] |
3853 | list = entry[,list] | 3853 | list = entry[,list] |
3854 | 3854 | ||
3855 | The type attributes are: | 3855 | The type attributes are: |
3856 | s - String (default) | 3856 | s - String (default) |
3857 | d - Decimal | 3857 | d - Decimal |
3858 | x - Hexadecimal | 3858 | x - Hexadecimal |
3859 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) | 3859 | b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) |
3860 | i - IP address | 3860 | i - IP address |
3861 | m - MAC address | 3861 | m - MAC address |
3862 | 3862 | ||
3863 | The access attributes are: | 3863 | The access attributes are: |
3864 | a - Any (default) | 3864 | a - Any (default) |
3865 | r - Read-only | 3865 | r - Read-only |
3866 | o - Write-once | 3866 | o - Write-once |
3867 | c - Change-default | 3867 | c - Change-default |
3868 | 3868 | ||
3869 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT | 3869 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT |
3870 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" | 3870 | Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" |
3871 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 3871 | envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
3872 | 3872 | ||
3873 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC | 3873 | - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC |
3874 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that | 3874 | Define this to a list (string) to define validation that |
3875 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" | 3875 | should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" |
3876 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static | 3876 | environment variable. To override a setting in the static |
3877 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the | 3877 | list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the |
3878 | ".flags" variable. | 3878 | ".flags" variable. |
3879 | 3879 | ||
3880 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE | 3880 | - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE |
3881 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable | 3881 | If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable |
3882 | access flags. | 3882 | access flags. |
3883 | 3883 | ||
3884 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD | 3884 | - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD |
3885 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the | 3885 | This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the |
3886 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards | 3886 | architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards |
3887 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the | 3887 | to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the |
3888 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and | 3888 | arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and |
3889 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture | 3889 | common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture |
3890 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in | 3890 | must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in |
3891 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on | 3891 | its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on |
3892 | your board please report the problem and send patches! | 3892 | your board please report the problem and send patches! |
3893 | 3893 | ||
3894 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) | 3894 | - CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only) |
3895 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should | 3895 | This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should |
3896 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how | 3896 | be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how |
3897 | the value can be calulated on a given board. | 3897 | the value can be calulated on a given board. |
3898 | 3898 | ||
3899 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management | 3899 | The following definitions that deal with the placement and management |
3900 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the | 3900 | of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the |
3901 | following configurations: | 3901 | following configurations: |
3902 | 3902 | ||
3903 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: | 3903 | - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: |
3904 | 3904 | ||
3905 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils | 3905 | Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils |
3906 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. | 3906 | may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. |
3907 | 3907 | ||
3908 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: | 3908 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: |
3909 | 3909 | ||
3910 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. | 3910 | Define this if the environment is in flash memory. |
3911 | 3911 | ||
3912 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is | 3912 | a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is |
3913 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This | 3913 | "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This |
3914 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot | 3914 | happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot |
3915 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller | 3915 | sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller |
3916 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a | 3916 | sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a |
3917 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In | 3917 | layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In |
3918 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the | 3918 | such a case you would place the environment in one of the |
3919 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With | 3919 | 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With |
3920 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the | 3920 | "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the |
3921 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap | 3921 | environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap |
3922 | between U-Boot and the environment. | 3922 | between U-Boot and the environment. |
3923 | 3923 | ||
3924 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 3924 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
3925 | 3925 | ||
3926 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the | 3926 | Offset of environment data (variable area) to the |
3927 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot | 3927 | beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot |
3928 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset | 3928 | type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset |
3929 | for this sector is given here. | 3929 | for this sector is given here. |
3930 | 3930 | ||
3931 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. | 3931 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. |
3932 | 3932 | ||
3933 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3933 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3934 | 3934 | ||
3935 | This is just another way to specify the start address of | 3935 | This is just another way to specify the start address of |
3936 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of | 3936 | the flash sector containing the environment (instead of |
3937 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). | 3937 | CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). |
3938 | 3938 | ||
3939 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: | 3939 | - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: |
3940 | 3940 | ||
3941 | Size of the sector containing the environment. | 3941 | Size of the sector containing the environment. |
3942 | 3942 | ||
3943 | 3943 | ||
3944 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. | 3944 | b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. |
3945 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for | 3945 | In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for |
3946 | the environment. | 3946 | the environment. |
3947 | 3947 | ||
3948 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3948 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3949 | 3949 | ||
3950 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH | 3950 | If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH |
3951 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part | 3951 | and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part |
3952 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves | 3952 | of this flash sector for the environment. This saves |
3953 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. | 3953 | memory for the RAM copy of the environment. |
3954 | 3954 | ||
3955 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this | 3955 | It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this |
3956 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, | 3956 | when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, |
3957 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used | 3957 | since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used |
3958 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is | 3958 | for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is |
3959 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: | 3959 | STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: |
3960 | updating the environment in flash makes it always | 3960 | updating the environment in flash makes it always |
3961 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes | 3961 | necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes |
3962 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in | 3962 | wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in |
3963 | RAM, your target system will be dead. | 3963 | RAM, your target system will be dead. |
3964 | 3964 | ||
3965 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND | 3965 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND |
3966 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND | 3966 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND |
3967 | 3967 | ||
3968 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold | 3968 | These settings describe a second storage area used to hold |
3969 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is | 3969 | a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is |
3970 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during | 3970 | a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during |
3971 | a "saveenv" operation. | 3971 | a "saveenv" operation. |
3972 | 3972 | ||
3973 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the | 3973 | BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the |
3974 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* | 3974 | source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* |
3975 | accordingly! | 3975 | accordingly! |
3976 | 3976 | ||
3977 | 3977 | ||
3978 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: | 3978 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: |
3979 | 3979 | ||
3980 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device | 3980 | Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device |
3981 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the | 3981 | (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the |
3982 | environment. | 3982 | environment. |
3983 | 3983 | ||
3984 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 3984 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
3985 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 3985 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
3986 | 3986 | ||
3987 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you | 3987 | These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you |
3988 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory | 3988 | want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory |
3989 | can just be read and written to, without any special | 3989 | can just be read and written to, without any special |
3990 | provision. | 3990 | provision. |
3991 | 3991 | ||
3992 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early | 3992 | BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early |
3993 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the | 3993 | in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the |
3994 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or | 3994 | console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or |
3995 | U-Boot will hang. | 3995 | U-Boot will hang. |
3996 | 3996 | ||
3997 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the | 3997 | Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the |
3998 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to | 3998 | environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to |
3999 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" | 3999 | keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" |
4000 | to save the current settings. | 4000 | to save the current settings. |
4001 | 4001 | ||
4002 | 4002 | ||
4003 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: | 4003 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: |
4004 | 4004 | ||
4005 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access | 4005 | Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access |
4006 | device and a driver for it. | 4006 | device and a driver for it. |
4007 | 4007 | ||
4008 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4008 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4009 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4009 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4010 | 4010 | ||
4011 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the | 4011 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the |
4012 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. | 4012 | environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. |
4013 | 4013 | ||
4014 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: | 4014 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: |
4015 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. | 4015 | If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. |
4016 | The default address is zero. | 4016 | The default address is zero. |
4017 | 4017 | ||
4018 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: | 4018 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: |
4019 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a | 4019 | If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a |
4020 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example | 4020 | single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example |
4021 | would require six bits. | 4021 | would require six bits. |
4022 | 4022 | ||
4023 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: | 4023 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: |
4024 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between | 4024 | If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between |
4025 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. | 4025 | page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. |
4026 | 4026 | ||
4027 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: | 4027 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: |
4028 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note | 4028 | The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note |
4029 | that this is NOT the chip address length! | 4029 | that this is NOT the chip address length! |
4030 | 4030 | ||
4031 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: | 4031 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: |
4032 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones | 4032 | EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones |
4033 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of | 4033 | like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of |
4034 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit | 4034 | address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit |
4035 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 | 4035 | slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 |
4036 | byte chips. | 4036 | byte chips. |
4037 | 4037 | ||
4038 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to | 4038 | Note that we consider the length of the address field to |
4039 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden | 4039 | still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden |
4040 | in the chip address. | 4040 | in the chip address. |
4041 | 4041 | ||
4042 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: | 4042 | - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: |
4043 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. | 4043 | The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. |
4044 | 4044 | ||
4045 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C | 4045 | - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C |
4046 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your | 4046 | define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your |
4047 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. | 4047 | EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. |
4048 | 4048 | ||
4049 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS | 4049 | - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS |
4050 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over | 4050 | if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over |
4051 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this | 4051 | I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this |
4052 | EEPROM. For example: | 4052 | EEPROM. For example: |
4053 | 4053 | ||
4054 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 | 4054 | #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1 |
4055 | 4055 | ||
4056 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over | 4056 | EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over |
4057 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. | 4057 | a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. |
4058 | 4058 | ||
4059 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: | 4059 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: |
4060 | 4060 | ||
4061 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you | 4061 | Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you |
4062 | want to use for the environment. | 4062 | want to use for the environment. |
4063 | 4063 | ||
4064 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4064 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4065 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4065 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4066 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4066 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4067 | 4067 | ||
4068 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the | 4068 | These three #defines specify the offset and size of the |
4069 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed | 4069 | environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed |
4070 | at the specified address. | 4070 | at the specified address. |
4071 | 4071 | ||
4072 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: | 4072 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: |
4073 | 4073 | ||
4074 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you | 4074 | Define this if you have a remote memory space which you |
4075 | want to use for the local device's environment. | 4075 | want to use for the local device's environment. |
4076 | 4076 | ||
4077 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: | 4077 | - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: |
4078 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4078 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4079 | 4079 | ||
4080 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the | 4080 | These two #defines specify the address and size of the |
4081 | environment area within the remote memory space. The | 4081 | environment area within the remote memory space. The |
4082 | local device can get the environment from remote memory | 4082 | local device can get the environment from remote memory |
4083 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. | 4083 | space by SRIO or PCIE links. |
4084 | 4084 | ||
4085 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use | 4085 | BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use |
4086 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the | 4086 | "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the |
4087 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, | 4087 | environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, |
4088 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. | 4088 | but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. |
4089 | 4089 | ||
4090 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: | 4090 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: |
4091 | 4091 | ||
4092 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use | 4092 | Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use |
4093 | for the environment. | 4093 | for the environment. |
4094 | 4094 | ||
4095 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4095 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4096 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4096 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4097 | 4097 | ||
4098 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 4098 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
4099 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be | 4099 | area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be |
4100 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 4100 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
4101 | 4101 | ||
4102 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4102 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4103 | 4103 | ||
4104 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE | 4104 | This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE |
4105 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so | 4105 | size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so |
4106 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure | 4106 | that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure |
4107 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be | 4107 | during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be |
4108 | aligned to an erase block boundary. | 4108 | aligned to an erase block boundary. |
4109 | 4109 | ||
4110 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): | 4110 | - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): |
4111 | 4111 | ||
4112 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment | 4112 | Specifies the length of the region in which the environment |
4113 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's | 4113 | can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's |
4114 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than | 4114 | block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than |
4115 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within | 4115 | are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within |
4116 | the range to be avoided. | 4116 | the range to be avoided. |
4117 | 4117 | ||
4118 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): | 4118 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): |
4119 | 4119 | ||
4120 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the | 4120 | Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the |
4121 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The | 4121 | environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The |
4122 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. | 4122 | "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. |
4123 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when | 4123 | Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when |
4124 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. | 4124 | using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. |
4125 | 4125 | ||
4126 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST | 4126 | - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST |
4127 | 4127 | ||
4128 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the | 4128 | Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the |
4129 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to | 4129 | environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to |
4130 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4130 | CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4131 | 4131 | ||
4132 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: | 4132 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: |
4133 | 4133 | ||
4134 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the | 4134 | Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the |
4135 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment | 4135 | environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment |
4136 | accesses, which is important on NAND. | 4136 | accesses, which is important on NAND. |
4137 | 4137 | ||
4138 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: | 4138 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: |
4139 | 4139 | ||
4140 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. | 4140 | Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. |
4141 | 4141 | ||
4142 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: | 4142 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: |
4143 | 4143 | ||
4144 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the | 4144 | Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the |
4145 | environment in. | 4145 | environment in. |
4146 | 4146 | ||
4147 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: | 4147 | - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: |
4148 | 4148 | ||
4149 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of | 4149 | Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of |
4150 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. | 4150 | the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. |
4151 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. | 4151 | It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. |
4152 | 4152 | ||
4153 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG | 4153 | - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG |
4154 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG | 4154 | - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG |
4155 | 4155 | ||
4156 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system | 4156 | You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system |
4157 | when storing the env in UBI. | 4157 | when storing the env in UBI. |
4158 | 4158 | ||
4159 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: | 4159 | - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC: |
4160 | 4160 | ||
4161 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the | 4161 | Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the |
4162 | environment. | 4162 | environment. |
4163 | 4163 | ||
4164 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: | 4164 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV: |
4165 | 4165 | ||
4166 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. | 4166 | Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in. |
4167 | 4167 | ||
4168 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): | 4168 | - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional): |
4169 | 4169 | ||
4170 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not | 4170 | Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not |
4171 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be | 4171 | set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be |
4172 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). | 4172 | 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition). |
4173 | 4173 | ||
4174 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: | 4174 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: |
4175 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: | 4175 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: |
4176 | 4176 | ||
4177 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment | 4177 | These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment |
4178 | area within the specified MMC device. | 4178 | area within the specified MMC device. |
4179 | 4179 | ||
4180 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to | 4180 | If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to |
4181 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated | 4181 | the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated |
4182 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if | 4182 | as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if |
4183 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have | 4183 | your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have |
4184 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the | 4184 | different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the |
4185 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the | 4185 | environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the |
4186 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. | 4186 | maximum possible space before it, to store other data. |
4187 | 4187 | ||
4188 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an | 4188 | These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an |
4189 | MMC sector boundary. | 4189 | MMC sector boundary. |
4190 | 4190 | ||
4191 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): | 4191 | - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): |
4192 | 4192 | ||
4193 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to | 4193 | Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to |
4194 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a | 4194 | hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a |
4195 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due | 4195 | valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due |
4196 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. | 4196 | to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation. |
4197 | 4197 | ||
4198 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the | 4198 | This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the |
4199 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. | 4199 | same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET. |
4200 | 4200 | ||
4201 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to | 4201 | This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to |
4202 | an MMC sector boundary. | 4202 | an MMC sector boundary. |
4203 | 4203 | ||
4204 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): | 4204 | - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional): |
4205 | 4205 | ||
4206 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is | 4206 | This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is |
4207 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as | 4207 | set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as |
4208 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. | 4208 | CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. |
4209 | 4209 | ||
4210 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET | 4210 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET |
4211 | 4211 | ||
4212 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The | 4212 | Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The |
4213 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment | 4213 | area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment |
4214 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte | 4214 | is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte |
4215 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization | 4215 | scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization |
4216 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems | 4216 | calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems |
4217 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the | 4217 | to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the |
4218 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. | 4218 | start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. |
4219 | 4219 | ||
4220 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor | 4220 | Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor |
4221 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been | 4221 | has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been |
4222 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() | 4222 | created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() |
4223 | until then to read environment variables. | 4223 | until then to read environment variables. |
4224 | 4224 | ||
4225 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor | 4225 | The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor |
4226 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working | 4226 | is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working |
4227 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is | 4227 | with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is |
4228 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the | 4228 | necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the |
4229 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't | 4229 | "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't |
4230 | have any device yet where we could complain.] | 4230 | have any device yet where we could complain.] |
4231 | 4231 | ||
4232 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if | 4232 | Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if |
4233 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you | 4233 | the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you |
4234 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. | 4234 | use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. |
4235 | 4235 | ||
4236 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: | 4236 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: |
4237 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. | 4237 | Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. |
4238 | 4238 | ||
4239 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR | 4239 | Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR |
4240 | also needs to be defined. | 4240 | also needs to be defined. |
4241 | 4241 | ||
4242 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: | 4242 | - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: |
4243 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. | 4243 | MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. |
4244 | 4244 | ||
4245 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: | 4245 | - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: |
4246 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init | 4246 | Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init |
4247 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at | 4247 | and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at |
4248 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving | 4248 | drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving |
4249 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not | 4249 | space for already greatly restricted images, including but not |
4250 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. | 4250 | limited to NAND_SPL configurations. |
4251 | 4251 | ||
4252 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO | 4252 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO |
4253 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on | 4253 | Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on |
4254 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called | 4254 | when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called |
4255 | to do this. | 4255 | to do this. |
4256 | 4256 | ||
4257 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE | 4257 | - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE |
4258 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information | 4258 | Similar to the previous option, but display this information |
4259 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if | 4259 | later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if |
4260 | present. | 4260 | present. |
4261 | 4261 | ||
4262 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: | 4262 | Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: |
4263 | --------------------------------------------------- | 4263 | --------------------------------------------------- |
4264 | 4264 | ||
4265 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: | 4265 | - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: |
4266 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. | 4266 | Cache Line Size of the CPU. |
4267 | 4267 | ||
4268 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: | 4268 | - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: |
4269 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. | 4269 | Default address of the IMMR after system reset. |
4270 | 4270 | ||
4271 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, | 4271 | Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, |
4272 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of | 4272 | and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of |
4273 | the IMMR register after a reset. | 4273 | the IMMR register after a reset. |
4274 | 4274 | ||
4275 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: | 4275 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: |
4276 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale | 4276 | Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale |
4277 | PowerPC SOCs. | 4277 | PowerPC SOCs. |
4278 | 4278 | ||
4279 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: | 4279 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: |
4280 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically | 4280 | Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically |
4281 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. | 4281 | the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. |
4282 | 4282 | ||
4283 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, | 4283 | CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, |
4284 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. | 4284 | for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. |
4285 | 4285 | ||
4286 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: | 4286 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: |
4287 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new | 4287 | Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new |
4288 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should | 4288 | physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should |
4289 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the | 4289 | be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the |
4290 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR | 4290 | same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR |
4291 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended | 4291 | is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended |
4292 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: | 4292 | that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: |
4293 | 4293 | ||
4294 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH | 4294 | #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH |
4295 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) | 4295 | * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) |
4296 | 4296 | ||
4297 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: | 4297 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: |
4298 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically | 4298 | Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically |
4299 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is | 4299 | either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is |
4300 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4300 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4301 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4301 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4302 | 4302 | ||
4303 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: | 4303 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: |
4304 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is | 4304 | Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is |
4305 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or | 4305 | used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or |
4306 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). | 4306 | integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). |
4307 | 4307 | ||
4308 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: | 4308 | - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: |
4309 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be | 4309 | If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be |
4310 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. | 4310 | forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. |
4311 | 4311 | ||
4312 | - Floppy Disk Support: | 4312 | - Floppy Disk Support: |
4313 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER | 4313 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER |
4314 | 4314 | ||
4315 | the default drive number (default value 0) | 4315 | the default drive number (default value 0) |
4316 | 4316 | ||
4317 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE | 4317 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE |
4318 | 4318 | ||
4319 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers | 4319 | defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers |
4320 | (default value 1) | 4320 | (default value 1) |
4321 | 4321 | ||
4322 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET | 4322 | CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET |
4323 | 4323 | ||
4324 | defines the offset of register from address. It | 4324 | defines the offset of register from address. It |
4325 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to | 4325 | depends on which part of the data bus is connected to |
4326 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) | 4326 | the FDC chipset. (default value 0) |
4327 | 4327 | ||
4328 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and | 4328 | If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and |
4329 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their | 4329 | CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their |
4330 | default value. | 4330 | default value. |
4331 | 4331 | ||
4332 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function | 4332 | if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function |
4333 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC | 4333 | fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC |
4334 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board | 4334 | setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board |
4335 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant | 4335 | source code. It is used to make hardware dependant |
4336 | initializations. | 4336 | initializations. |
4337 | 4337 | ||
4338 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: | 4338 | - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: |
4339 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI | 4339 | Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI |
4340 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. | 4340 | interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. |
4341 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to | 4341 | When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to |
4342 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional | 4342 | IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional |
4343 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller | 4343 | registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller |
4344 | is requierd. | 4344 | is requierd. |
4345 | 4345 | ||
4346 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. | 4346 | - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. |
4347 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're | 4347 | DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're |
4348 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] | 4348 | doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] |
4349 | 4349 | ||
4350 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: | 4350 | - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: |
4351 | 4351 | ||
4352 | Start address of memory area that can be used for | 4352 | Start address of memory area that can be used for |
4353 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be | 4353 | initial data and stack; please note that this must be |
4354 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special | 4354 | writable memory that is working WITHOUT special |
4355 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which | 4355 | initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which |
4356 | will become available only after programming the | 4356 | will become available only after programming the |
4357 | memory controller and running certain initialization | 4357 | memory controller and running certain initialization |
4358 | sequences. | 4358 | sequences. |
4359 | 4359 | ||
4360 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: | 4360 | U-Boot uses the following memory types: |
4361 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) | 4361 | - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) |
4362 | - MPC824X: data cache | 4362 | - MPC824X: data cache |
4363 | - PPC4xx: data cache | 4363 | - PPC4xx: data cache |
4364 | 4364 | ||
4365 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: | 4365 | - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: |
4366 | 4366 | ||
4367 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory | 4367 | Offset of the initial data structure in the memory |
4368 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually | 4368 | area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually |
4369 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial | 4369 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial |
4370 | data is located at the end of the available space | 4370 | data is located at the end of the available space |
4371 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - | 4371 | (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - |
4372 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just | 4372 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just |
4373 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + | 4373 | below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + |
4374 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. | 4374 | CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. |
4375 | 4375 | ||
4376 | Note: | 4376 | Note: |
4377 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data | 4377 | On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data |
4378 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for | 4378 | cache for initial memory) the address chosen for |
4379 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must | 4379 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must |
4380 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between | 4380 | point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between |
4381 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. | 4381 | the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. |
4382 | 4382 | ||
4383 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) | 4383 | - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) |
4384 | 4384 | ||
4385 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) | 4385 | - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) |
4386 | 4386 | ||
4387 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) | 4387 | - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) |
4388 | 4388 | ||
4389 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) | 4389 | - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) |
4390 | 4390 | ||
4391 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) | 4391 | - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) |
4392 | 4392 | ||
4393 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) | 4393 | - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) |
4394 | 4394 | ||
4395 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: | 4395 | - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: |
4396 | SDRAM timing | 4396 | SDRAM timing |
4397 | 4397 | ||
4398 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: | 4398 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: |
4399 | periodic timer for refresh | 4399 | periodic timer for refresh |
4400 | 4400 | ||
4401 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) | 4401 | - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) |
4402 | 4402 | ||
4403 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, | 4403 | - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, |
4404 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, | 4404 | CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, |
4405 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, | 4405 | CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, |
4406 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: | 4406 | CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: |
4407 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) | 4407 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) |
4408 | 4408 | ||
4409 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, | 4409 | - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, |
4410 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, | 4410 | CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, |
4411 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: | 4411 | CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: |
4412 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) | 4412 | Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) |
4413 | 4413 | ||
4414 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, | 4414 | - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, |
4415 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: | 4415 | CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: |
4416 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer | 4416 | Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer |
4417 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) | 4417 | Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) |
4418 | 4418 | ||
4419 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4419 | - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4420 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4420 | enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4421 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] | 4421 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] |
4422 | 4422 | ||
4423 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4423 | - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4424 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4424 | enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4425 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] | 4425 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] |
4426 | 4426 | ||
4427 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: | 4427 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: |
4428 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); | 4428 | enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); |
4429 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] | 4429 | define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] |
4430 | 4430 | ||
4431 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: | 4431 | - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: |
4432 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, | 4432 | Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, |
4433 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read | 4433 | wrong setting might damage your board. Read |
4434 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! | 4434 | doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! |
4435 | 4435 | ||
4436 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) | 4436 | - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) |
4437 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post | 4437 | Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post |
4438 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides | 4438 | (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides |
4439 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. | 4439 | #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. |
4440 | cpm_8260.h. | 4440 | cpm_8260.h. |
4441 | 4441 | ||
4442 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4442 | - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4443 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, | 4443 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, |
4444 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, | 4444 | CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, |
4445 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, | 4445 | CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, |
4446 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, | 4446 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, |
4447 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, | 4447 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, |
4448 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, | 4448 | CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, |
4449 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) | 4449 | CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) |
4450 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. | 4450 | Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. |
4451 | 4451 | ||
4452 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: | 4452 | - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: |
4453 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not | 4453 | Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not |
4454 | required. | 4454 | required. |
4455 | 4455 | ||
4456 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY | 4456 | - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY |
4457 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. | 4457 | Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. |
4458 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or | 4458 | Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or |
4459 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it | 4459 | something has already done it, and we don't need to do it |
4460 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted | 4460 | a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted |
4461 | by coreboot or similar. | 4461 | by coreboot or similar. |
4462 | 4462 | ||
4463 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: | 4463 | - CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE: |
4464 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. | 4464 | Enable support for indirect PCI bridges. |
4465 | 4465 | ||
4466 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: | 4466 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: |
4467 | Chip has SRIO or not | 4467 | Chip has SRIO or not |
4468 | 4468 | ||
4469 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: | 4469 | - CONFIG_SRIO1: |
4470 | Board has SRIO 1 port available | 4470 | Board has SRIO 1 port available |
4471 | 4471 | ||
4472 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: | 4472 | - CONFIG_SRIO2: |
4473 | Board has SRIO 2 port available | 4473 | Board has SRIO 2 port available |
4474 | 4474 | ||
4475 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER | 4475 | - CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER |
4476 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE | 4476 | Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE |
4477 | 4477 | ||
4478 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: | 4478 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: |
4479 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4479 | Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4480 | 4480 | ||
4481 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: | 4481 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: |
4482 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4482 | Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4483 | 4483 | ||
4484 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: | 4484 | - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: |
4485 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region | 4485 | Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region |
4486 | 4486 | ||
4487 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT | 4487 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT |
4488 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using | 4488 | Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using |
4489 | a 16 bit bus. | 4489 | a 16 bit bus. |
4490 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. | 4490 | Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. |
4491 | Example of drivers that use it: | 4491 | Example of drivers that use it: |
4492 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c | 4492 | - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c |
4493 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c | 4493 | - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c |
4494 | 4494 | ||
4495 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG | 4495 | - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG |
4496 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined | 4496 | Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined |
4497 | a default value will be used. | 4497 | a default value will be used. |
4498 | 4498 | ||
4499 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM | 4499 | - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM |
4500 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common | 4500 | Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common |
4501 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs | 4501 | with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs |
4502 | 4502 | ||
4503 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS | 4503 | SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS |
4504 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM | 4504 | I2C address of the SPD EEPROM |
4505 | 4505 | ||
4506 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM | 4506 | - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM |
4507 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first | 4507 | If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first |
4508 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve | 4508 | one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve |
4509 | to something your driver can deal with. | 4509 | to something your driver can deal with. |
4510 | 4510 | ||
4511 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING | 4511 | - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING |
4512 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with | 4512 | Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with |
4513 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing | 4513 | soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing |
4514 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into | 4514 | parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into |
4515 | header files or board specific files. | 4515 | header files or board specific files. |
4516 | 4516 | ||
4517 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE | 4517 | - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE |
4518 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. | 4518 | Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. |
4519 | 4519 | ||
4520 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 | 4520 | - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 |
4521 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should | 4521 | Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should |
4522 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. | 4522 | be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. |
4523 | 4523 | ||
4524 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] | 4524 | - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] |
4525 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. | 4525 | Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. |
4526 | 4526 | ||
4527 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY | 4527 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY |
4528 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds | 4528 | Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds |
4529 | to the given FEC; i. e. | 4529 | to the given FEC; i. e. |
4530 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 | 4530 | #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 |
4531 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 | 4531 | means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 |
4532 | 4532 | ||
4533 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. | 4533 | When set to -1, means to probe for first available. |
4534 | 4534 | ||
4535 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR | 4535 | - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR |
4536 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). | 4536 | The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). |
4537 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). | 4537 | (so program the FEC to ignore it). |
4538 | 4538 | ||
4539 | - CONFIG_RMII | 4539 | - CONFIG_RMII |
4540 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. | 4540 | Enable RMII mode for all FECs. |
4541 | Note that this is a global option, we can't | 4541 | Note that this is a global option, we can't |
4542 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. | 4542 | have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. |
4543 | 4543 | ||
4544 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY | 4544 | - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY |
4545 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. | 4545 | Add a verify option to the crc32 command. |
4546 | The syntax is: | 4546 | The syntax is: |
4547 | 4547 | ||
4548 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> | 4548 | => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> |
4549 | 4549 | ||
4550 | Where address/count indicate a memory area | 4550 | Where address/count indicate a memory area |
4551 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the | 4551 | and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the |
4552 | area should have. | 4552 | area should have. |
4553 | 4553 | ||
4554 | - CONFIG_LOOPW | 4554 | - CONFIG_LOOPW |
4555 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if | 4555 | Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if |
4556 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4556 | the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4557 | 4557 | ||
4558 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC | 4558 | - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC |
4559 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic | 4559 | Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic |
4560 | "md/mw" commands. | 4560 | "md/mw" commands. |
4561 | Examples: | 4561 | Examples: |
4562 | 4562 | ||
4563 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 | 4563 | => mdc.b 10 4 500 |
4564 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. | 4564 | This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. |
4565 | 4565 | ||
4566 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 | 4566 | => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 |
4567 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. | 4567 | This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. |
4568 | 4568 | ||
4569 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated | 4569 | This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated |
4570 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). | 4570 | globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). |
4571 | 4571 | ||
4572 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT | 4572 | - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT |
4573 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain | 4573 | [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain |
4574 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory | 4574 | low level initializations (like setting up the memory |
4575 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not | 4575 | controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not |
4576 | relocate itself into RAM. | 4576 | relocate itself into RAM. |
4577 | 4577 | ||
4578 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only | 4578 | Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only |
4579 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some | 4579 | exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some |
4580 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs | 4580 | other boot loader or by a debugger which performs |
4581 | these initializations itself. | 4581 | these initializations itself. |
4582 | 4582 | ||
4583 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD | 4583 | - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD |
4584 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4584 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4585 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when | 4585 | that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when |
4586 | compiling a NAND SPL. | 4586 | compiling a NAND SPL. |
4587 | 4587 | ||
4588 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD | 4588 | - CONFIG_TPL_BUILD |
4589 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader | 4589 | Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader |
4590 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. | 4590 | that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot. |
4591 | It is loaded by the SPL. | 4591 | It is loaded by the SPL. |
4592 | 4592 | ||
4593 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC | 4593 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC |
4594 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section | 4594 | Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section |
4595 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the | 4595 | .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the |
4596 | previous 4k of the .text section. | 4596 | previous 4k of the .text section. |
4597 | 4597 | ||
4598 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM | 4598 | - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM |
4599 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses | 4599 | Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses |
4600 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard | 4600 | effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard |
4601 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated | 4601 | U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated |
4602 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since | 4602 | to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since |
4603 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all | 4603 | it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all |
4604 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses | 4604 | addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses |
4605 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). | 4605 | to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). |
4606 | 4606 | ||
4607 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY | 4607 | - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY |
4608 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET | 4608 | CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET |
4609 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will | 4609 | If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will |
4610 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some | 4610 | be used if available. These functions may be faster under some |
4611 | conditions but may increase the binary size. | 4611 | conditions but may increase the binary size. |
4612 | 4612 | ||
4613 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR | 4613 | - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR |
4614 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not | 4614 | If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not |
4615 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. | 4615 | needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. |
4616 | 4616 | ||
4617 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK | 4617 | - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK |
4618 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). | 4618 | Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). |
4619 | 4619 | ||
4620 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. | 4620 | NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. |
4621 | 4621 | ||
4622 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: | 4622 | - CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC: |
4623 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms | 4623 | Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms |
4624 | 4624 | ||
4625 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE | 4625 | - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE |
4626 | Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver | 4626 | Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver |
4627 | driver that uses this: | 4627 | driver that uses this: |
4628 | drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c | 4628 | drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c |
4629 | 4629 | ||
4630 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: | 4630 | Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: |
4631 | ----------------------------------- | 4631 | ----------------------------------- |
4632 | 4632 | ||
4633 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the | 4633 | The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the |
4634 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. | 4634 | loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. |
4635 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros | 4635 | This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros |
4636 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address | 4636 | are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address |
4637 | within that device. | 4637 | within that device. |
4638 | 4638 | ||
4639 | - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR | 4639 | - CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR |
4640 | The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The | 4640 | The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The |
4641 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4641 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4642 | is also specified. | 4642 | is also specified. |
4643 | 4643 | ||
4644 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR | 4644 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR |
4645 | The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The | 4645 | The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The |
4646 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro | 4646 | meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro |
4647 | is also specified. | 4647 | is also specified. |
4648 | 4648 | ||
4649 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH | 4649 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH |
4650 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format | 4650 | The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format |
4651 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it | 4651 | has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it |
4652 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some | 4652 | might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some |
4653 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. | 4653 | local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. |
4654 | 4654 | ||
4655 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR | 4655 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR |
4656 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as | 4656 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as |
4657 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the | 4657 | normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the |
4658 | virtual address in NOR flash. | 4658 | virtual address in NOR flash. |
4659 | 4659 | ||
4660 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND | 4660 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND |
4661 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. | 4661 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. |
4662 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. | 4662 | CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. |
4663 | 4663 | ||
4664 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC | 4664 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC |
4665 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC | 4665 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC |
4666 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4666 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4667 | 4667 | ||
4668 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH | 4668 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH |
4669 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI | 4669 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI |
4670 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. | 4670 | device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. |
4671 | 4671 | ||
4672 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE | 4672 | - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE |
4673 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) | 4673 | Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) |
4674 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which | 4674 | memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which |
4675 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound | 4675 | can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound |
4676 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in | 4676 | window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in |
4677 | master's memory space. | 4677 | master's memory space. |
4678 | 4678 | ||
4679 | Building the Software: | 4679 | Building the Software: |
4680 | ====================== | 4680 | ====================== |
4681 | 4681 | ||
4682 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments | 4682 | Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments |
4683 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support | 4683 | and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support |
4684 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all | 4684 | all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all |
4685 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we | 4685 | (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we |
4686 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) | 4686 | recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) |
4687 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. | 4687 | which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. |
4688 | 4688 | ||
4689 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you | 4689 | If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you |
4690 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, | 4690 | have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, |
4691 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. | 4691 | you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. |
4692 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are | 4692 | Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are |
4693 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: | 4693 | necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: |
4694 | 4694 | ||
4695 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- | 4695 | $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- |
4696 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE | 4696 | $ export CROSS_COMPILE |
4697 | 4697 | ||
4698 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in | 4698 | Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in |
4699 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain | 4699 | the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain |
4700 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW | 4700 | (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW |
4701 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: | 4701 | toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: |
4702 | 4702 | ||
4703 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools | 4703 | $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools |
4704 | 4704 | ||
4705 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can | 4705 | Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can |
4706 | be executed on computers running Windows. | 4706 | be executed on computers running Windows. |
4707 | 4707 | ||
4708 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the | 4708 | U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the |
4709 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This | 4709 | sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This |
4710 | is done by typing: | 4710 | is done by typing: |
4711 | 4711 | ||
4712 | make NAME_config | 4712 | make NAME_config |
4713 | 4713 | ||
4714 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- | 4714 | where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- |
4715 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. | 4715 | rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. |
4716 | 4716 | ||
4717 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if | 4717 | Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if |
4718 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for | 4718 | additional information is available from the board vendor; for |
4719 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) | 4719 | instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) |
4720 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" | 4720 | or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" |
4721 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. | 4721 | when choosing the configuration, i. e. |
4722 | 4722 | ||
4723 | make TQM823L_config | 4723 | make TQM823L_config |
4724 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support | 4724 | - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support |
4725 | 4725 | ||
4726 | make TQM823L_LCD_config | 4726 | make TQM823L_LCD_config |
4727 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD | 4727 | - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD |
4728 | 4728 | ||
4729 | etc. | 4729 | etc. |
4730 | 4730 | ||
4731 | 4731 | ||
4732 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot | 4732 | Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot |
4733 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: | 4733 | images ready for download to / installation on your system: |
4734 | 4734 | ||
4735 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image | 4735 | - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image |
4736 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format | 4736 | - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format |
4737 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format | 4737 | - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format |
4738 | 4738 | ||
4739 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved | 4739 | By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved |
4740 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change | 4740 | in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change |
4741 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: | 4741 | this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: |
4742 | 4742 | ||
4743 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: | 4743 | 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: |
4744 | 4744 | ||
4745 | make O=/tmp/build distclean | 4745 | make O=/tmp/build distclean |
4746 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config | 4746 | make O=/tmp/build NAME_config |
4747 | make O=/tmp/build all | 4747 | make O=/tmp/build all |
4748 | 4748 | ||
4749 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: | 4749 | 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: |
4750 | 4750 | ||
4751 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4751 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4752 | make distclean | 4752 | make distclean |
4753 | make NAME_config | 4753 | make NAME_config |
4754 | make all | 4754 | make all |
4755 | 4755 | ||
4756 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment | 4756 | Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment |
4757 | variable. | 4757 | variable. |
4758 | 4758 | ||
4759 | 4759 | ||
4760 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so | 4760 | Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so |
4761 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of | 4761 | for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of |
4762 | native "make". | 4762 | native "make". |
4763 | 4763 | ||
4764 | 4764 | ||
4765 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need | 4765 | If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need |
4766 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these | 4766 | to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these |
4767 | steps: | 4767 | steps: |
4768 | 4768 | ||
4769 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel | 4769 | 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel |
4770 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. | 4770 | "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. |
4771 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. | 4771 | Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. |
4772 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any | 4772 | 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any |
4773 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least | 4773 | files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least |
4774 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". | 4774 | the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". |
4775 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for | 4775 | 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for |
4776 | your board | 4776 | your board |
4777 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new | 4777 | 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new |
4778 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. | 4778 | directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. |
4779 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. | 4779 | 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. |
4780 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file | 4780 | 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file |
4781 | to be installed on your target system. | 4781 | to be installed on your target system. |
4782 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. | 4782 | 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. |
4783 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] | 4783 | [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] |
4784 | 4784 | ||
4785 | 4785 | ||
4786 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: | 4786 | Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: |
4787 | ============================================================== | 4787 | ============================================================== |
4788 | 4788 | ||
4789 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board | 4789 | If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board |
4790 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to | 4790 | or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to |
4791 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes | 4791 | provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes |
4792 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest | 4792 | the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest |
4793 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. | 4793 | official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. |
4794 | 4794 | ||
4795 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- | 4795 | But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- |
4796 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of | 4796 | cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of |
4797 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, | 4797 | the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, |
4798 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot | 4798 | just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot |
4799 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can | 4799 | for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can |
4800 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' | 4800 | select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' |
4801 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools | 4801 | environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools |
4802 | you can type | 4802 | you can type |
4803 | 4803 | ||
4804 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4804 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4805 | 4805 | ||
4806 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type | 4806 | or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type |
4807 | 4807 | ||
4808 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL | 4808 | CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL |
4809 | 4809 | ||
4810 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build | 4810 | When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build |
4811 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by | 4811 | U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by |
4812 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target | 4812 | setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target |
4813 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and | 4813 | built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and |
4814 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default | 4814 | <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default |
4815 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment | 4815 | location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment |
4816 | variable. For example: | 4816 | variable. For example: |
4817 | 4817 | ||
4818 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build | 4818 | export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build |
4819 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log | 4819 | export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log |
4820 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL | 4820 | CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL |
4821 | 4821 | ||
4822 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, | 4822 | With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, |
4823 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean | 4823 | log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean |
4824 | during the whole build process. | 4824 | during the whole build process. |
4825 | 4825 | ||
4826 | 4826 | ||
4827 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. | 4827 | See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. |
4828 | 4828 | ||
4829 | 4829 | ||
4830 | Monitor Commands - Overview: | 4830 | Monitor Commands - Overview: |
4831 | ============================ | 4831 | ============================ |
4832 | 4832 | ||
4833 | go - start application at address 'addr' | 4833 | go - start application at address 'addr' |
4834 | run - run commands in an environment variable | 4834 | run - run commands in an environment variable |
4835 | bootm - boot application image from memory | 4835 | bootm - boot application image from memory |
4836 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol | 4836 | bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol |
4837 | bootz - boot zImage from memory | 4837 | bootz - boot zImage from memory |
4838 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol | 4838 | tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol |
4839 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" | 4839 | and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" |
4840 | (and eventually "gatewayip") | 4840 | (and eventually "gatewayip") |
4841 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol | 4841 | tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol |
4842 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol | 4842 | rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol |
4843 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' | 4843 | diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' |
4844 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line | 4844 | loads - load S-Record file over serial line |
4845 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) | 4845 | loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) |
4846 | md - memory display | 4846 | md - memory display |
4847 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) | 4847 | mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) |
4848 | nm - memory modify (constant address) | 4848 | nm - memory modify (constant address) |
4849 | mw - memory write (fill) | 4849 | mw - memory write (fill) |
4850 | cp - memory copy | 4850 | cp - memory copy |
4851 | cmp - memory compare | 4851 | cmp - memory compare |
4852 | crc32 - checksum calculation | 4852 | crc32 - checksum calculation |
4853 | i2c - I2C sub-system | 4853 | i2c - I2C sub-system |
4854 | sspi - SPI utility commands | 4854 | sspi - SPI utility commands |
4855 | base - print or set address offset | 4855 | base - print or set address offset |
4856 | printenv- print environment variables | 4856 | printenv- print environment variables |
4857 | setenv - set environment variables | 4857 | setenv - set environment variables |
4858 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage | 4858 | saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage |
4859 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection | 4859 | protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection |
4860 | erase - erase FLASH memory | 4860 | erase - erase FLASH memory |
4861 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information | 4861 | flinfo - print FLASH memory information |
4862 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) | 4862 | nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) |
4863 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure | 4863 | bdinfo - print Board Info structure |
4864 | iminfo - print header information for application image | 4864 | iminfo - print header information for application image |
4865 | coninfo - print console devices and informations | 4865 | coninfo - print console devices and informations |
4866 | ide - IDE sub-system | 4866 | ide - IDE sub-system |
4867 | loop - infinite loop on address range | 4867 | loop - infinite loop on address range |
4868 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range | 4868 | loopw - infinite write loop on address range |
4869 | mtest - simple RAM test | 4869 | mtest - simple RAM test |
4870 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache | 4870 | icache - enable or disable instruction cache |
4871 | dcache - enable or disable data cache | 4871 | dcache - enable or disable data cache |
4872 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU | 4872 | reset - Perform RESET of the CPU |
4873 | echo - echo args to console | 4873 | echo - echo args to console |
4874 | version - print monitor version | 4874 | version - print monitor version |
4875 | help - print online help | 4875 | help - print online help |
4876 | ? - alias for 'help' | 4876 | ? - alias for 'help' |
4877 | 4877 | ||
4878 | 4878 | ||
4879 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: | 4879 | Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: |
4880 | ======================================== | 4880 | ======================================== |
4881 | 4881 | ||
4882 | TODO. | 4882 | TODO. |
4883 | 4883 | ||
4884 | For now: just type "help <command>". | 4884 | For now: just type "help <command>". |
4885 | 4885 | ||
4886 | 4886 | ||
4887 | Environment Variables: | 4887 | Environment Variables: |
4888 | ====================== | 4888 | ====================== |
4889 | 4889 | ||
4890 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which | 4890 | U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which |
4891 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. | 4891 | can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. |
4892 | 4892 | ||
4893 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using | 4893 | Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using |
4894 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" | 4894 | "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" |
4895 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the | 4895 | without a value can be used to delete a variable from the |
4896 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are | 4896 | environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are |
4897 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the | 4897 | working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the |
4898 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. | 4898 | environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. |
4899 | 4899 | ||
4900 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. | 4900 | Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. |
4901 | 4901 | ||
4902 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): | 4902 | List of environment variables (most likely not complete): |
4903 | 4903 | ||
4904 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE | 4904 | baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE |
4905 | 4905 | ||
4906 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY | 4906 | bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY |
4907 | 4907 | ||
4908 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND | 4908 | bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND |
4909 | 4909 | ||
4910 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image | 4910 | bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image |
4911 | 4911 | ||
4912 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP | 4912 | bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP |
4913 | 4913 | ||
4914 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4914 | bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4915 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4915 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4916 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed | 4916 | a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed |
4917 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" | 4917 | for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" |
4918 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is | 4918 | environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is |
4919 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux | 4919 | also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux |
4920 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and | 4920 | kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and |
4921 | bootm_mapsize. | 4921 | bootm_mapsize. |
4922 | 4922 | ||
4923 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. | 4923 | bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. |
4924 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it | 4924 | This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it |
4925 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base | 4925 | defines the size of the memory region starting at base |
4926 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel | 4926 | address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel |
4927 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used | 4927 | during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used |
4928 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is | 4928 | as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is |
4929 | used otherwise. | 4929 | used otherwise. |
4930 | 4930 | ||
4931 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm | 4931 | bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm |
4932 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as | 4932 | command can be restricted. This variable is given as |
4933 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region | 4933 | a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region |
4934 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" | 4934 | allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" |
4935 | environment variable. | 4935 | environment variable. |
4936 | 4936 | ||
4937 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used | 4937 | updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used |
4938 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to | 4938 | by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to |
4939 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. | 4939 | documentation in doc/README.update for more details. |
4940 | 4940 | ||
4941 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), | 4941 | autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), |
4942 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the | 4942 | "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the |
4943 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to | 4943 | configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to |
4944 | load any image using TFTP | 4944 | load any image using TFTP |
4945 | 4945 | ||
4946 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", | 4946 | autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", |
4947 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will | 4947 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will |
4948 | be automatically started (by internally calling | 4948 | be automatically started (by internally calling |
4949 | "bootm") | 4949 | "bootm") |
4950 | 4950 | ||
4951 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the | 4951 | If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the |
4952 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address | 4952 | "bootm" command will be copied to the load address |
4953 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. | 4953 | (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. |
4954 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary | 4954 | This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary |
4955 | data. | 4955 | data. |
4956 | 4956 | ||
4957 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the | 4957 | fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the |
4958 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. | 4958 | flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. |
4959 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory | 4959 | For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory |
4960 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel | 4960 | at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel |
4961 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you | 4961 | only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you |
4962 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the | 4962 | may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the |
4963 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address | 4963 | device tree blob be copied to the maximum address |
4964 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can | 4964 | of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can |
4965 | access it during the boot procedure. | 4965 | access it during the boot procedure. |
4966 | 4966 | ||
4967 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then | 4967 | If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then |
4968 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this | 4968 | the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this |
4969 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have | 4969 | to work it must reside in writable memory, have |
4970 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to | 4970 | sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to |
4971 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory | 4971 | add the information it needs into it, and the memory |
4972 | must be accessible by the kernel. | 4972 | must be accessible by the kernel. |
4973 | 4973 | ||
4974 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened | 4974 | fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened |
4975 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is | 4975 | device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is |
4976 | defined. | 4976 | defined. |
4977 | 4977 | ||
4978 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) | 4978 | i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) |
4979 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast | 4979 | if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast |
4980 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in | 4980 | mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in |
4981 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective | 4981 | initialization code. So, for changes to be effective |
4982 | it must be saved and board must be reset. | 4982 | it must be saved and board must be reset. |
4983 | 4983 | ||
4984 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: | 4984 | initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: |
4985 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be | 4985 | If this variable is not set, initrd images will be |
4986 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this | 4986 | copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this |
4987 | is usually what you want since it allows for | 4987 | is usually what you want since it allows for |
4988 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to | 4988 | maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to |
4989 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the | 4989 | make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the |
4990 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment | 4990 | CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment |
4991 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". | 4991 | variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". |
4992 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper | 4992 | Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper |
4993 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it | 4993 | address to use (U-Boot will still check that it |
4994 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). | 4994 | does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). |
4995 | 4995 | ||
4996 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB | 4996 | For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB |
4997 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, | 4997 | RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, |
4998 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of | 4998 | you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of |
4999 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make | 4999 | the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make |
5000 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first | 5000 | sure that the initrd image is placed in the first |
5001 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with | 5001 | 12 MB as well - this can be done with |
5002 | 5002 | ||
5003 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 | 5003 | setenv initrd_high 00c00000 |
5004 | 5004 | ||
5005 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an | 5005 | If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an |
5006 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal | 5006 | indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal |
5007 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash | 5007 | for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash |
5008 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the | 5008 | memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the |
5009 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the | 5009 | ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the |
5010 | boot time on your system, but requires that this | 5010 | boot time on your system, but requires that this |
5011 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. | 5011 | feature is supported by your Linux kernel. |
5012 | 5012 | ||
5013 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 5013 | ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
5014 | 5014 | ||
5015 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", | 5015 | loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", |
5016 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" | 5016 | "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" |
5017 | 5017 | ||
5018 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO | 5018 | loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO |
5019 | 5019 | ||
5020 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command | 5020 | serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command |
5021 | 5021 | ||
5022 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME | 5022 | bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME |
5023 | 5023 | ||
5024 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR | 5024 | bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR |
5025 | 5025 | ||
5026 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR | 5026 | bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR |
5027 | 5027 | ||
5028 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. | 5028 | ethprime - controls which interface is used first. |
5029 | 5029 | ||
5030 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. | 5030 | ethact - controls which interface is currently active. |
5031 | For example you can do the following | 5031 | For example you can do the following |
5032 | 5032 | ||
5033 | => setenv ethact FEC | 5033 | => setenv ethact FEC |
5034 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC | 5034 | => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC |
5035 | => setenv ethact SCC | 5035 | => setenv ethact SCC |
5036 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC | 5036 | => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC |
5037 | 5037 | ||
5038 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all | 5038 | ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all |
5039 | available network interfaces. | 5039 | available network interfaces. |
5040 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. | 5040 | It just stays at the currently selected interface. |
5041 | 5041 | ||
5042 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will | 5042 | netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will |
5043 | either succeed or fail without retrying. | 5043 | either succeed or fail without retrying. |
5044 | When set to "once" the network operation will | 5044 | When set to "once" the network operation will |
5045 | fail when all the available network interfaces | 5045 | fail when all the available network interfaces |
5046 | are tried once without success. | 5046 | are tried once without success. |
5047 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation | 5047 | Useful on scripts which control the retry operation |
5048 | themselves. | 5048 | themselves. |
5049 | 5049 | ||
5050 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode | 5050 | npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode |
5051 | 5051 | ||
5052 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by | 5052 | silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by |
5053 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be | 5053 | changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be |
5054 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If | 5054 | made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If |
5055 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console | 5055 | unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console |
5056 | is silent. | 5056 | is silent. |
5057 | 5057 | ||
5058 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's | 5058 | tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's |
5059 | UDP source port. | 5059 | UDP source port. |
5060 | 5060 | ||
5061 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP | 5061 | tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP |
5062 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. | 5062 | destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. |
5063 | 5063 | ||
5064 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, | 5064 | tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, |
5065 | we use the TFTP server's default block size | 5065 | we use the TFTP server's default block size |
5066 | 5066 | ||
5067 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- | 5067 | tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- |
5068 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines | 5068 | seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines |
5069 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to | 5069 | when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to |
5070 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. | 5070 | be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. |
5071 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed | 5071 | Lowering this value may make downloads succeed |
5072 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or | 5072 | faster in networks with high packet loss rates or |
5073 | with unreliable TFTP servers. | 5073 | with unreliable TFTP servers. |
5074 | 5074 | ||
5075 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over | 5075 | vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over |
5076 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q | 5076 | Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q |
5077 | VLAN tagged frames. | 5077 | VLAN tagged frames. |
5078 | 5078 | ||
5079 | The following image location variables contain the location of images | 5079 | The following image location variables contain the location of images |
5080 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is | 5080 | used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is |
5081 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment | 5081 | not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment |
5082 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP | 5082 | variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP |
5083 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be | 5083 | server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be |
5084 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR | 5084 | loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR |
5085 | flash or offset in NAND flash. | 5085 | flash or offset in NAND flash. |
5086 | 5086 | ||
5087 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some | 5087 | *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some |
5088 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some | 5088 | boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some |
5089 | boards use these variables for other purposes. | 5089 | boards use these variables for other purposes. |
5090 | 5090 | ||
5091 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location | 5091 | Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location |
5092 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- | 5092 | ----- --------- ----------- -------------- |
5093 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr | 5093 | u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr |
5094 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr | 5094 | Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr |
5095 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr | 5095 | device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr |
5096 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr | 5096 | ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr |
5097 | 5097 | ||
5098 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically | 5098 | The following environment variables may be used and automatically |
5099 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), | 5099 | updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), |
5100 | depending the information provided by your boot server: | 5100 | depending the information provided by your boot server: |
5101 | 5101 | ||
5102 | bootfile - see above | 5102 | bootfile - see above |
5103 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server | 5103 | dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server |
5104 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server | 5104 | dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server |
5105 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use | 5105 | gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use |
5106 | hostname - Target hostname | 5106 | hostname - Target hostname |
5107 | ipaddr - see above | 5107 | ipaddr - see above |
5108 | netmask - Subnet Mask | 5108 | netmask - Subnet Mask |
5109 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server | 5109 | rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server |
5110 | serverip - see above | 5110 | serverip - see above |
5111 | 5111 | ||
5112 | 5112 | ||
5113 | There are two special Environment Variables: | 5113 | There are two special Environment Variables: |
5114 | 5114 | ||
5115 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such | 5115 | serial# - contains hardware identification information such |
5116 | as type string and/or serial number | 5116 | as type string and/or serial number |
5117 | ethaddr - Ethernet address | 5117 | ethaddr - Ethernet address |
5118 | 5118 | ||
5119 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of | 5119 | These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of |
5120 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables | 5120 | the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables |
5121 | once they have been set once. | 5121 | once they have been set once. |
5122 | 5122 | ||
5123 | 5123 | ||
5124 | Further special Environment Variables: | 5124 | Further special Environment Variables: |
5125 | 5125 | ||
5126 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed | 5126 | ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed |
5127 | with the "version" command. This variable is | 5127 | with the "version" command. This variable is |
5128 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). | 5128 | readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). |
5129 | 5129 | ||
5130 | 5130 | ||
5131 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take | 5131 | Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take |
5132 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). | 5132 | only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). |
5133 | 5133 | ||
5134 | 5134 | ||
5135 | Callback functions for environment variables: | 5135 | Callback functions for environment variables: |
5136 | --------------------------------------------- | 5136 | --------------------------------------------- |
5137 | 5137 | ||
5138 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change | 5138 | For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change |
5139 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to | 5139 | when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to |
5140 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or | 5140 | be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or |
5141 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side | 5141 | deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side |
5142 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. | 5142 | effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. |
5143 | 5143 | ||
5144 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the | 5144 | The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the |
5145 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. | 5145 | U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. |
5146 | 5146 | ||
5147 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The | 5147 | These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The |
5148 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC | 5148 | static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC |
5149 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of | 5149 | in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of |
5150 | associations. The list must be in the following format: | 5150 | associations. The list must be in the following format: |
5151 | 5151 | ||
5152 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] | 5152 | entry = variable_name[:callback_name] |
5153 | list = entry[,list] | 5153 | list = entry[,list] |
5154 | 5154 | ||
5155 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. | 5155 | If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. |
5156 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. | 5156 | Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. |
5157 | 5157 | ||
5158 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable | 5158 | Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable |
5159 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will | 5159 | with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will |
5160 | override any association in the static list. You can define | 5160 | override any association in the static list. You can define |
5161 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the | 5161 | CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the |
5162 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. | 5162 | ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. |
5163 | 5163 | ||
5164 | 5164 | ||
5165 | Command Line Parsing: | 5165 | Command Line Parsing: |
5166 | ===================== | 5166 | ===================== |
5167 | 5167 | ||
5168 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: | 5168 | There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: |
5169 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: | 5169 | the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: |
5170 | 5170 | ||
5171 | Old, simple command line parser: | 5171 | Old, simple command line parser: |
5172 | -------------------------------- | 5172 | -------------------------------- |
5173 | 5173 | ||
5174 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) | 5174 | - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) |
5175 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' | 5175 | - several commands on one line, separated by ';' |
5176 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax | 5176 | - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax |
5177 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', | 5177 | - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', |
5178 | for example: | 5178 | for example: |
5179 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} | 5179 | setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} |
5180 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: | 5180 | - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: |
5181 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' | 5181 | setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' |
5182 | 5182 | ||
5183 | Hush shell: | 5183 | Hush shell: |
5184 | ----------- | 5184 | ----------- |
5185 | 5185 | ||
5186 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like | 5186 | - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like |
5187 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, | 5187 | if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, |
5188 | until...do...done, ... | 5188 | until...do...done, ... |
5189 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv | 5189 | - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv |
5190 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax | 5190 | commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax |
5191 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" | 5191 | "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" |
5192 | command | 5192 | command |
5193 | 5193 | ||
5194 | General rules: | 5194 | General rules: |
5195 | -------------- | 5195 | -------------- |
5196 | 5196 | ||
5197 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" | 5197 | (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" |
5198 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and | 5198 | command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and |
5199 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be | 5199 | one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be |
5200 | executed anyway. | 5200 | executed anyway. |
5201 | 5201 | ||
5202 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. | 5202 | (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. |
5203 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing | 5203 | calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing |
5204 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining | 5204 | command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining |
5205 | variables are not executed. | 5205 | variables are not executed. |
5206 | 5206 | ||
5207 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: | 5207 | Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: |
5208 | ======================================= | 5208 | ======================================= |
5209 | 5209 | ||
5210 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports | 5210 | Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports |
5211 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a | 5211 | such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a |
5212 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: | 5212 | "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: |
5213 | 5213 | ||
5214 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding | 5214 | Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding |
5215 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), | 5215 | MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), |
5216 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... | 5216 | "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... |
5217 | 5217 | ||
5218 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance | 5218 | If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance |
5219 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- | 5219 | in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- |
5220 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment | 5220 | ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment |
5221 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: | 5221 | variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: |
5222 | 5222 | ||
5223 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the | 5223 | o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the |
5224 | environment, the SROM's address is used. | 5224 | environment, the SROM's address is used. |
5225 | 5225 | ||
5226 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the | 5226 | o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the |
5227 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is | 5227 | environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is |
5228 | used. | 5228 | used. |
5229 | 5229 | ||
5230 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and | 5230 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and |
5231 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. | 5231 | both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. |
5232 | 5232 | ||
5233 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the | 5233 | o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the |
5234 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a | 5234 | addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a |
5235 | warning is printed. | 5235 | warning is printed. |
5236 | 5236 | ||
5237 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error | 5237 | o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error |
5238 | is raised. | 5238 | is raised. |
5239 | 5239 | ||
5240 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses | 5240 | If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses |
5241 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This | 5241 | will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This |
5242 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. | 5242 | may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. |
5243 | The naming convention is as follows: | 5243 | The naming convention is as follows: |
5244 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. | 5244 | "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. |
5245 | 5245 | ||
5246 | Image Formats: | 5246 | Image Formats: |
5247 | ============== | 5247 | ============== |
5248 | 5248 | ||
5249 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) | 5249 | U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) |
5250 | images in two formats: | 5250 | images in two formats: |
5251 | 5251 | ||
5252 | New uImage format (FIT) | 5252 | New uImage format (FIT) |
5253 | ----------------------- | 5253 | ----------------------- |
5254 | 5254 | ||
5255 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar | 5255 | Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar |
5256 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple | 5256 | to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple |
5257 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by | 5257 | components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by |
5258 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. | 5258 | SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. |
5259 | 5259 | ||
5260 | 5260 | ||
5261 | Old uImage format | 5261 | Old uImage format |
5262 | ----------------- | 5262 | ----------------- |
5263 | 5263 | ||
5264 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, | 5264 | Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, |
5265 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for | 5265 | preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for |
5266 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: | 5266 | details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: |
5267 | 5267 | ||
5268 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, | 5268 | * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, |
5269 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, | 5269 | 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, |
5270 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; | 5270 | LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; |
5271 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, | 5271 | Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, |
5272 | INTEGRITY). | 5272 | INTEGRITY). |
5273 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, | 5273 | * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, |
5274 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; | 5274 | IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; |
5275 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). | 5275 | Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). |
5276 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) | 5276 | * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) |
5277 | * Load Address | 5277 | * Load Address |
5278 | * Entry Point | 5278 | * Entry Point |
5279 | * Image Name | 5279 | * Image Name |
5280 | * Image Timestamp | 5280 | * Image Timestamp |
5281 | 5281 | ||
5282 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header | 5282 | The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header |
5283 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by | 5283 | and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by |
5284 | CRC32 checksums. | 5284 | CRC32 checksums. |
5285 | 5285 | ||
5286 | 5286 | ||
5287 | Linux Support: | 5287 | Linux Support: |
5288 | ============== | 5288 | ============== |
5289 | 5289 | ||
5290 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application | 5290 | Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application |
5291 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of | 5291 | easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of |
5292 | U-Boot. | 5292 | U-Boot. |
5293 | 5293 | ||
5294 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some | 5294 | U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some |
5295 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any | 5295 | special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any |
5296 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; | 5296 | "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; |
5297 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation | 5297 | instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation |
5298 | serves several purposes: | 5298 | serves several purposes: |
5299 | 5299 | ||
5300 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone | 5300 | - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone |
5301 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the | 5301 | applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the |
5302 | Flash memory footprint) | 5302 | Flash memory footprint) |
5303 | 5303 | ||
5304 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because | 5304 | - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because |
5305 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot | 5305 | lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot |
5306 | 5306 | ||
5307 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" | 5307 | - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" |
5308 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can | 5308 | images; of course this also means that different kernel images can |
5309 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't | 5309 | be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't |
5310 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just | 5310 | have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just |
5311 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the | 5311 | change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the |
5312 | software is easier now. | 5312 | software is easier now. |
5313 | 5313 | ||
5314 | 5314 | ||
5315 | Linux HOWTO: | 5315 | Linux HOWTO: |
5316 | ============ | 5316 | ============ |
5317 | 5317 | ||
5318 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: | 5318 | Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: |
5319 | --------------------------------------- | 5319 | --------------------------------------- |
5320 | 5320 | ||
5321 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to | 5321 | U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to |
5322 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware | 5322 | configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware |
5323 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to | 5323 | (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to |
5324 | Linux :-). | 5324 | Linux :-). |
5325 | 5325 | ||
5326 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). | 5326 | But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). |
5327 | 5327 | ||
5328 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance | 5328 | Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance |
5329 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board | 5329 | include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board |
5330 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, | 5330 | Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, |
5331 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value | 5331 | and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value |
5332 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. | 5332 | as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. |
5333 | 5333 | ||
5334 | Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers. | ||
5335 | If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there | ||
5336 | is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See | ||
5337 | doc/driver-model. | ||
5338 | |||
5334 | 5339 | ||
5335 | Configuring the Linux kernel: | 5340 | Configuring the Linux kernel: |
5336 | ----------------------------- | 5341 | ----------------------------- |
5337 | 5342 | ||
5338 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root | 5343 | No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root |
5339 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. | 5344 | device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. |
5340 | 5345 | ||
5341 | 5346 | ||
5342 | Building a Linux Image: | 5347 | Building a Linux Image: |
5343 | ----------------------- | 5348 | ----------------------- |
5344 | 5349 | ||
5345 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are | 5350 | With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are |
5346 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target | 5351 | not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target |
5347 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by | 5352 | "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by |
5348 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, | 5353 | U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, |
5349 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a | 5354 | which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a |
5350 | 100% compatible format. | 5355 | 100% compatible format. |
5351 | 5356 | ||
5352 | Example: | 5357 | Example: |
5353 | 5358 | ||
5354 | make TQM850L_config | 5359 | make TQM850L_config |
5355 | make oldconfig | 5360 | make oldconfig |
5356 | make dep | 5361 | make dep |
5357 | make uImage | 5362 | make uImage |
5358 | 5363 | ||
5359 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to | 5364 | The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to |
5360 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, | 5365 | encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, |
5361 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: | 5366 | CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: |
5362 | 5367 | ||
5363 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): | 5368 | * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): |
5364 | 5369 | ||
5365 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: | 5370 | * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: |
5366 | 5371 | ||
5367 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ | 5372 | ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ |
5368 | -R .note -R .comment \ | 5373 | -R .note -R .comment \ |
5369 | -S vmlinux linux.bin | 5374 | -S vmlinux linux.bin |
5370 | 5375 | ||
5371 | * compress the binary image: | 5376 | * compress the binary image: |
5372 | 5377 | ||
5373 | gzip -9 linux.bin | 5378 | gzip -9 linux.bin |
5374 | 5379 | ||
5375 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: | 5380 | * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: |
5376 | 5381 | ||
5377 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ | 5382 | mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ |
5378 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ | 5383 | -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ |
5379 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage | 5384 | -d linux.bin.gz uImage |
5380 | 5385 | ||
5381 | 5386 | ||
5382 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use | 5387 | The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use |
5383 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or | 5388 | with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or |
5384 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 | 5389 | combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 |
5385 | byte header containing information about target architecture, | 5390 | byte header containing information about target architecture, |
5386 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time | 5391 | operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time |
5387 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. | 5392 | stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. |
5388 | 5393 | ||
5389 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and | 5394 | "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and |
5390 | print the header information, or to build new images. | 5395 | print the header information, or to build new images. |
5391 | 5396 | ||
5392 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information | 5397 | In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information |
5393 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes | 5398 | contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes |
5394 | checksum verification: | 5399 | checksum verification: |
5395 | 5400 | ||
5396 | tools/mkimage -l image | 5401 | tools/mkimage -l image |
5397 | -l ==> list image header information | 5402 | -l ==> list image header information |
5398 | 5403 | ||
5399 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image | 5404 | The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image |
5400 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: | 5405 | from a "data file" which is used as image payload: |
5401 | 5406 | ||
5402 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ | 5407 | tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ |
5403 | -n name -d data_file image | 5408 | -n name -d data_file image |
5404 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' | 5409 | -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' |
5405 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' | 5410 | -O ==> set operating system to 'os' |
5406 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' | 5411 | -T ==> set image type to 'type' |
5407 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' | 5412 | -C ==> set compression type 'comp' |
5408 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) | 5413 | -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) |
5409 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) | 5414 | -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) |
5410 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' | 5415 | -n ==> set image name to 'name' |
5411 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' | 5416 | -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' |
5412 | 5417 | ||
5413 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load | 5418 | Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load |
5414 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the | 5419 | address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the |
5415 | kernel version: | 5420 | kernel version: |
5416 | 5421 | ||
5417 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, | 5422 | - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, |
5418 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. | 5423 | - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. |
5419 | 5424 | ||
5420 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: | 5425 | So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: |
5421 | 5426 | ||
5422 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5427 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5423 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5428 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5424 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ | 5429 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ |
5425 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5430 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5426 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5431 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5427 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5432 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5428 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5433 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5429 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5434 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5430 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5435 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5431 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5436 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5432 | 5437 | ||
5433 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): | 5438 | To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): |
5434 | 5439 | ||
5435 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L | 5440 | -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L |
5436 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5441 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5437 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5442 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5438 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5443 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5439 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB | 5444 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB |
5440 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5445 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5441 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5446 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5442 | 5447 | ||
5443 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade | 5448 | NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade |
5444 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this | 5449 | speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this |
5445 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not | 5450 | needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not |
5446 | need to be uncompressed: | 5451 | need to be uncompressed: |
5447 | 5452 | ||
5448 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz | 5453 | -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz |
5449 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ | 5454 | -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ |
5450 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ | 5455 | > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ |
5451 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ | 5456 | > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ |
5452 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed | 5457 | > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed |
5453 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L | 5458 | Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L |
5454 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 | 5459 | Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 |
5455 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) | 5460 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) |
5456 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB | 5461 | Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB |
5457 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5462 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5458 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5463 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5459 | 5464 | ||
5460 | 5465 | ||
5461 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file | 5466 | Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file |
5462 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: | 5467 | when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: |
5463 | 5468 | ||
5464 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ | 5469 | -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ |
5465 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ | 5470 | > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ |
5466 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd | 5471 | > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd |
5467 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5472 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5468 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 | 5473 | Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 |
5469 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5474 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5470 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB | 5475 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB |
5471 | Load Address: 0x00000000 | 5476 | Load Address: 0x00000000 |
5472 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 | 5477 | Entry Point: 0x00000000 |
5473 | 5478 | ||
5474 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" | 5479 | The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i" |
5475 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" | 5480 | option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d" |
5476 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" | 5481 | option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file" |
5477 | from the image: | 5482 | from the image: |
5478 | 5483 | ||
5479 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file | 5484 | tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file |
5480 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ | 5485 | -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \ |
5481 | indexed by 'position' | 5486 | indexed by 'position' |
5482 | 5487 | ||
5483 | 5488 | ||
5484 | Installing a Linux Image: | 5489 | Installing a Linux Image: |
5485 | ------------------------- | 5490 | ------------------------- |
5486 | 5491 | ||
5487 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, | 5492 | To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, |
5488 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: | 5493 | you must convert the image to S-Record format: |
5489 | 5494 | ||
5490 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec | 5495 | objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec |
5491 | 5496 | ||
5492 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot | 5497 | The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot |
5493 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to | 5498 | image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to |
5494 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to | 5499 | address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to |
5495 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' | 5500 | specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' |
5496 | command. | 5501 | command. |
5497 | 5502 | ||
5498 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the | 5503 | Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the |
5499 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): | 5504 | TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): |
5500 | 5505 | ||
5501 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF | 5506 | => erase 40100000 401FFFFF |
5502 | 5507 | ||
5503 | .......... done | 5508 | .......... done |
5504 | Erased 8 sectors | 5509 | Erased 8 sectors |
5505 | 5510 | ||
5506 | => loads 40100000 | 5511 | => loads 40100000 |
5507 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5512 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5508 | ~>examples/image.srec | 5513 | ~>examples/image.srec |
5509 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... | 5514 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... |
5510 | ... | 5515 | ... |
5511 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 | 5516 | 15989 15990 15991 15992 |
5512 | [file transfer complete] | 5517 | [file transfer complete] |
5513 | [connected] | 5518 | [connected] |
5514 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 | 5519 | ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 |
5515 | 5520 | ||
5516 | 5521 | ||
5517 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; | 5522 | You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; |
5518 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data | 5523 | this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data |
5519 | corruption happened: | 5524 | corruption happened: |
5520 | 5525 | ||
5521 | => imi 40100000 | 5526 | => imi 40100000 |
5522 | 5527 | ||
5523 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5528 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5524 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5529 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5525 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5530 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5526 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5531 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5527 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5532 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5528 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5533 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5529 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5534 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5530 | 5535 | ||
5531 | 5536 | ||
5532 | Boot Linux: | 5537 | Boot Linux: |
5533 | ----------- | 5538 | ----------- |
5534 | 5539 | ||
5535 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in | 5540 | The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in |
5536 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents | 5541 | memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents |
5537 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as | 5542 | of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as |
5538 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the | 5543 | parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the |
5539 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: | 5544 | "printenv" and "setenv" commands: |
5540 | 5545 | ||
5541 | 5546 | ||
5542 | => printenv bootargs | 5547 | => printenv bootargs |
5543 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram | 5548 | bootargs=root=/dev/ram |
5544 | 5549 | ||
5545 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5550 | => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5546 | 5551 | ||
5547 | => printenv bootargs | 5552 | => printenv bootargs |
5548 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5553 | bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5549 | 5554 | ||
5550 | => bootm 40020000 | 5555 | => bootm 40020000 |
5551 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... | 5556 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... |
5552 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L | 5557 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L |
5553 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5558 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5554 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB | 5559 | Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB |
5555 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5560 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5556 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5561 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5557 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5562 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5558 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5563 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5559 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 | 5564 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 |
5560 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 | 5565 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 |
5561 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5566 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5562 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5567 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5563 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] | 5568 | Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] |
5564 | ... | 5569 | ... |
5565 | 5570 | ||
5566 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass | 5571 | If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass |
5567 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT | 5572 | the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT |
5568 | format!) to the "bootm" command: | 5573 | format!) to the "bootm" command: |
5569 | 5574 | ||
5570 | => imi 40100000 40200000 | 5575 | => imi 40100000 40200000 |
5571 | 5576 | ||
5572 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... | 5577 | ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... |
5573 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5578 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5574 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5579 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5575 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5580 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5576 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5581 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5577 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5582 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5578 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5583 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5579 | 5584 | ||
5580 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... | 5585 | ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... |
5581 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5586 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5582 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5587 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5583 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5588 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5584 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5589 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5585 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5590 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5586 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5591 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5587 | 5592 | ||
5588 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 | 5593 | => bootm 40100000 40200000 |
5589 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... | 5594 | ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... |
5590 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L | 5595 | Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L |
5591 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5596 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5592 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB | 5597 | Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB |
5593 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5598 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5594 | Entry Point: 0000000c | 5599 | Entry Point: 0000000c |
5595 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5600 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5596 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5601 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5597 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... | 5602 | ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... |
5598 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image | 5603 | Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image |
5599 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) | 5604 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) |
5600 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB | 5605 | Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB |
5601 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5606 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5602 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5607 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5603 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5608 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5604 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK | 5609 | Loading Ramdisk ... OK |
5605 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 | 5610 | Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 |
5606 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram | 5611 | Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram |
5607 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 | 5612 | time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 |
5608 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS | 5613 | Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS |
5609 | ... | 5614 | ... |
5610 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 | 5615 | RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 |
5611 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). | 5616 | VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). |
5612 | 5617 | ||
5613 | bash# | 5618 | bash# |
5614 | 5619 | ||
5615 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: | 5620 | Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: |
5616 | ----------- | 5621 | ----------- |
5617 | 5622 | ||
5618 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section | 5623 | First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section |
5619 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The | 5624 | titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The |
5620 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated | 5625 | following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated |
5621 | flat device tree: | 5626 | flat device tree: |
5622 | 5627 | ||
5623 | => print oftaddr | 5628 | => print oftaddr |
5624 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5629 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5625 | => print oft | 5630 | => print oft |
5626 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb | 5631 | oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb |
5627 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft | 5632 | => tftp $oftaddr $oft |
5628 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5633 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5629 | Using TSEC0 device | 5634 | Using TSEC0 device |
5630 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 | 5635 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 |
5631 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. | 5636 | Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. |
5632 | Load address: 0x300000 | 5637 | Load address: 0x300000 |
5633 | Loading: # | 5638 | Loading: # |
5634 | done | 5639 | done |
5635 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) | 5640 | Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) |
5636 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile | 5641 | => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile |
5637 | Speed: 1000, full duplex | 5642 | Speed: 1000, full duplex |
5638 | Using TSEC0 device | 5643 | Using TSEC0 device |
5639 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 | 5644 | TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 |
5640 | Filename 'uImage'. | 5645 | Filename 'uImage'. |
5641 | Load address: 0x200000 | 5646 | Load address: 0x200000 |
5642 | Loading:############ | 5647 | Loading:############ |
5643 | done | 5648 | done |
5644 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) | 5649 | Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) |
5645 | => print loadaddr | 5650 | => print loadaddr |
5646 | loadaddr=200000 | 5651 | loadaddr=200000 |
5647 | => print oftaddr | 5652 | => print oftaddr |
5648 | oftaddr=0x300000 | 5653 | oftaddr=0x300000 |
5649 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr | 5654 | => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr |
5650 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... | 5655 | ## Booting image at 00200000 ... |
5651 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty | 5656 | Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty |
5652 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) | 5657 | Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) |
5653 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB | 5658 | Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB |
5654 | Load Address: 00000000 | 5659 | Load Address: 00000000 |
5655 | Entry Point: 00000000 | 5660 | Entry Point: 00000000 |
5656 | Verifying Checksum ... OK | 5661 | Verifying Checksum ... OK |
5657 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK | 5662 | Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK |
5658 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 | 5663 | Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 |
5659 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description | 5664 | Using MPC85xx ADS machine description |
5660 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb | 5665 | Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb |
5661 | [snip] | 5666 | [snip] |
5662 | 5667 | ||
5663 | 5668 | ||
5664 | More About U-Boot Image Types: | 5669 | More About U-Boot Image Types: |
5665 | ------------------------------ | 5670 | ------------------------------ |
5666 | 5671 | ||
5667 | U-Boot supports the following image types: | 5672 | U-Boot supports the following image types: |
5668 | 5673 | ||
5669 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment | 5674 | "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment |
5670 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave | 5675 | provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave |
5671 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from | 5676 | well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from |
5672 | the Standalone Program. | 5677 | the Standalone Program. |
5673 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which | 5678 | "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which |
5674 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs | 5679 | will take over control completely. Usually these programs |
5675 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device | 5680 | will install their own set of exception handlers, device |
5676 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot | 5681 | drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot |
5677 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. | 5682 | expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. |
5678 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their | 5683 | "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their |
5679 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is | 5684 | parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is |
5680 | being started. | 5685 | being started. |
5681 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS | 5686 | "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS |
5682 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like | 5687 | (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like |
5683 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want | 5688 | RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want |
5684 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot | 5689 | to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot |
5685 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get | 5690 | server provides just a single image file, but you want to get |
5686 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. | 5691 | for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. |
5687 | 5692 | ||
5688 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each | 5693 | "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each |
5689 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network | 5694 | image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network |
5690 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". | 5695 | byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". |
5691 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by | 5696 | Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by |
5692 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to | 5697 | one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to |
5693 | a multiple of 4 bytes). | 5698 | a multiple of 4 bytes). |
5694 | 5699 | ||
5695 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like | 5700 | "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like |
5696 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to | 5701 | U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to |
5697 | flash memory. | 5702 | flash memory. |
5698 | 5703 | ||
5699 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by | 5704 | "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by |
5700 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially | 5705 | U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially |
5701 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) | 5706 | useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) |
5702 | as command interpreter. | 5707 | as command interpreter. |
5703 | 5708 | ||
5704 | Booting the Linux zImage: | 5709 | Booting the Linux zImage: |
5705 | ------------------------- | 5710 | ------------------------- |
5706 | 5711 | ||
5707 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done | 5712 | On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done |
5708 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same | 5713 | using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same |
5709 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. | 5714 | as the syntax of "bootm" command. |
5710 | 5715 | ||
5711 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply | 5716 | Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply |
5712 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the | 5717 | kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the |
5713 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following | 5718 | address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following |
5714 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". | 5719 | format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". |
5715 | 5720 | ||
5716 | 5721 | ||
5717 | Standalone HOWTO: | 5722 | Standalone HOWTO: |
5718 | ================= | 5723 | ================= |
5719 | 5724 | ||
5720 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and | 5725 | One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and |
5721 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of | 5726 | run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of |
5722 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. | 5727 | U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. |
5723 | 5728 | ||
5724 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: | 5729 | Two simple examples are included with the sources: |
5725 | 5730 | ||
5726 | "Hello World" Demo: | 5731 | "Hello World" Demo: |
5727 | ------------------- | 5732 | ------------------- |
5728 | 5733 | ||
5729 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo | 5734 | 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo |
5730 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. | 5735 | application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. |
5731 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it | 5736 | It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it |
5732 | like that: | 5737 | like that: |
5733 | 5738 | ||
5734 | => loads | 5739 | => loads |
5735 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5740 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5736 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec | 5741 | ~>examples/hello_world.srec |
5737 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5742 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5738 | [file transfer complete] | 5743 | [file transfer complete] |
5739 | [connected] | 5744 | [connected] |
5740 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5745 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5741 | 5746 | ||
5742 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. | 5747 | => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. |
5743 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5748 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5744 | Hello World | 5749 | Hello World |
5745 | argc = 7 | 5750 | argc = 7 |
5746 | argv[0] = "40004" | 5751 | argv[0] = "40004" |
5747 | argv[1] = "Hello" | 5752 | argv[1] = "Hello" |
5748 | argv[2] = "World!" | 5753 | argv[2] = "World!" |
5749 | argv[3] = "This" | 5754 | argv[3] = "This" |
5750 | argv[4] = "is" | 5755 | argv[4] = "is" |
5751 | argv[5] = "a" | 5756 | argv[5] = "a" |
5752 | argv[6] = "test." | 5757 | argv[6] = "test." |
5753 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" | 5758 | argv[7] = "<NULL>" |
5754 | Hit any key to exit ... | 5759 | Hit any key to exit ... |
5755 | 5760 | ||
5756 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5761 | ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5757 | 5762 | ||
5758 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt | 5763 | Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt |
5759 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. | 5764 | handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. |
5760 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. | 5765 | Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. |
5761 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' | 5766 | The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' |
5762 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be | 5767 | character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be |
5763 | controlled by the following keys: | 5768 | controlled by the following keys: |
5764 | 5769 | ||
5765 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers | 5770 | ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers |
5766 | b - enable interrupts and start timer | 5771 | b - enable interrupts and start timer |
5767 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts | 5772 | e - stop timer and disable interrupts |
5768 | q - quit application | 5773 | q - quit application |
5769 | 5774 | ||
5770 | => loads | 5775 | => loads |
5771 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... | 5776 | ## Ready for S-Record download ... |
5772 | ~>examples/timer.srec | 5777 | ~>examples/timer.srec |
5773 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... | 5778 | 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... |
5774 | [file transfer complete] | 5779 | [file transfer complete] |
5775 | [connected] | 5780 | [connected] |
5776 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 | 5781 | ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 |
5777 | 5782 | ||
5778 | => go 40004 | 5783 | => go 40004 |
5779 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... | 5784 | ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... |
5780 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 | 5785 | TIMERS=0xfff00980 |
5781 | Using timer 1 | 5786 | Using timer 1 |
5782 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 | 5787 | tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 |
5783 | 5788 | ||
5784 | Hit 'b': | 5789 | Hit 'b': |
5785 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us | 5790 | [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us |
5786 | Enabling timer | 5791 | Enabling timer |
5787 | Hit '?': | 5792 | Hit '?': |
5788 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ | 5793 | [q, b, e, ?] ........ |
5789 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 | 5794 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 |
5790 | Hit '?': | 5795 | Hit '?': |
5791 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5796 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5792 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 | 5797 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 |
5793 | Hit '?': | 5798 | Hit '?': |
5794 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5799 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5795 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 | 5800 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 |
5796 | Hit '?': | 5801 | Hit '?': |
5797 | [q, b, e, ?] . | 5802 | [q, b, e, ?] . |
5798 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 | 5803 | tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 |
5799 | Hit 'e': | 5804 | Hit 'e': |
5800 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer | 5805 | [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer |
5801 | Hit 'q': | 5806 | Hit 'q': |
5802 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 | 5807 | [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 |
5803 | 5808 | ||
5804 | 5809 | ||
5805 | Minicom warning: | 5810 | Minicom warning: |
5806 | ================ | 5811 | ================ |
5807 | 5812 | ||
5808 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the | 5813 | Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the |
5809 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) | 5814 | "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) |
5810 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under | 5815 | consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under |
5811 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and | 5816 | Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and |
5812 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and | 5817 | especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and |
5813 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See | 5818 | use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See |
5814 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. | 5819 | http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. |
5815 | for help with kermit. | 5820 | for help with kermit. |
5816 | 5821 | ||
5817 | 5822 | ||
5818 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this | 5823 | Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this |
5819 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: | 5824 | configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: |
5820 | 5825 | ||
5821 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi | 5826 | Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi |
5822 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N | 5827 | X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N |
5823 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N | 5828 | Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N |
5824 | 5829 | ||
5825 | 5830 | ||
5826 | NetBSD Notes: | 5831 | NetBSD Notes: |
5827 | ============= | 5832 | ============= |
5828 | 5833 | ||
5829 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host | 5834 | Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host |
5830 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). | 5835 | (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). |
5831 | 5836 | ||
5832 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on | 5837 | Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on |
5833 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also | 5838 | NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also |
5834 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). | 5839 | need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). |
5835 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; | 5840 | Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; |
5836 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is | 5841 | attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is |
5837 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: | 5842 | missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: |
5838 | 5843 | ||
5839 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include | 5844 | # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include |
5840 | # mkdir powerpc | 5845 | # mkdir powerpc |
5841 | # ln -s powerpc machine | 5846 | # ln -s powerpc machine |
5842 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h | 5847 | # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h |
5843 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST | 5848 | # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST |
5844 | 5849 | ||
5845 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native | 5850 | Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native |
5846 | and U-Boot include files. | 5851 | and U-Boot include files. |
5847 | 5852 | ||
5848 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a | 5853 | Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a |
5849 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel | 5854 | stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel |
5850 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source | 5855 | proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source |
5851 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the | 5856 | tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the |
5852 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz | 5857 | meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz |
5853 | 5858 | ||
5854 | 5859 | ||
5855 | Implementation Internals: | 5860 | Implementation Internals: |
5856 | ========================= | 5861 | ========================= |
5857 | 5862 | ||
5858 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every | 5863 | The following is not intended to be a complete description of every |
5859 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the | 5864 | implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the |
5860 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom | 5865 | inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom |
5861 | hardware. | 5866 | hardware. |
5862 | 5867 | ||
5863 | 5868 | ||
5864 | Initial Stack, Global Data: | 5869 | Initial Stack, Global Data: |
5865 | --------------------------- | 5870 | --------------------------- |
5866 | 5871 | ||
5867 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot | 5872 | The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot |
5868 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to | 5873 | starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to |
5869 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). | 5874 | system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). |
5870 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS | 5875 | This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS |
5871 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working | 5876 | is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working |
5872 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation | 5877 | at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation |
5873 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU | 5878 | options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU |
5874 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and | 5879 | models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and |
5875 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be | 5880 | MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be |
5876 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. | 5881 | locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. |
5877 | 5882 | ||
5878 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the | 5883 | Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the |
5879 | U-Boot mailing list: | 5884 | U-Boot mailing list: |
5880 | 5885 | ||
5881 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? | 5886 | Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? |
5882 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> | 5887 | From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> |
5883 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) | 5888 | Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) |
5884 | ... | 5889 | ... |
5885 | 5890 | ||
5886 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it | 5891 | Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it |
5887 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not | 5892 | is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not |
5888 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness | 5893 | require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness |
5889 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of | 5894 | is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of |
5890 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's | 5895 | necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's |
5891 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you | 5896 | beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you |
5892 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and | 5897 | can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and |
5893 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. | 5898 | operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. |
5894 | 5899 | ||
5895 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It | 5900 | OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It |
5896 | is another option for the system designer to use as an | 5901 | is another option for the system designer to use as an |
5897 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either | 5902 | initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either |
5898 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your | 5903 | option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your |
5899 | board designers haven't used it for something that would | 5904 | board designers haven't used it for something that would |
5900 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not | 5905 | cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not |
5901 | used. | 5906 | used. |
5902 | 5907 | ||
5903 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere | 5908 | CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere |
5904 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value | 5909 | with your processor/board/system design. The default value |
5905 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in | 5910 | you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in |
5906 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger | 5911 | walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger |
5907 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set | 5912 | than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set |
5908 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources | 5913 | it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources |
5909 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in | 5914 | that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in |
5910 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when | 5915 | start.S has been around a while and should work as is when |
5911 | you get the config right. | 5916 | you get the config right. |
5912 | 5917 | ||
5913 | -Chris Hallinan | 5918 | -Chris Hallinan |
5914 | DS4.COM, Inc. | 5919 | DS4.COM, Inc. |
5915 | 5920 | ||
5916 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C | 5921 | It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C |
5917 | code for the initialization procedures: | 5922 | code for the initialization procedures: |
5918 | 5923 | ||
5919 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt | 5924 | * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt |
5920 | to write it. | 5925 | to write it. |
5921 | 5926 | ||
5922 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized | 5927 | * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized |
5923 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- | 5928 | as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- |
5924 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). | 5929 | zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). |
5925 | 5930 | ||
5926 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like | 5931 | * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like |
5927 | that. | 5932 | that. |
5928 | 5933 | ||
5929 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use | 5934 | Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use |
5930 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it | 5935 | normal global data to share information beween the code. But it |
5931 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly | 5936 | turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly |
5932 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all | 5937 | simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all |
5933 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ | 5938 | functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ |
5934 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of | 5939 | functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of |
5935 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we | 5940 | the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we |
5936 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we | 5941 | place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we |
5937 | reserve for this purpose. | 5942 | reserve for this purpose. |
5938 | 5943 | ||
5939 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the | 5944 | When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the |
5940 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by | 5945 | relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by |
5941 | GCC's implementation. | 5946 | GCC's implementation. |
5942 | 5947 | ||
5943 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: | 5948 | For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: |
5944 | R1: stack pointer | 5949 | R1: stack pointer |
5945 | R2: reserved for system use | 5950 | R2: reserved for system use |
5946 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values | 5951 | R3-R4: parameter passing and return values |
5947 | R5-R10: parameter passing | 5952 | R5-R10: parameter passing |
5948 | R13: small data area pointer | 5953 | R13: small data area pointer |
5949 | R30: GOT pointer | 5954 | R30: GOT pointer |
5950 | R31: frame pointer | 5955 | R31: frame pointer |
5951 | 5956 | ||
5952 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 | 5957 | (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 |
5953 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when | 5958 | is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when |
5954 | going back and forth between asm and C) | 5959 | going back and forth between asm and C) |
5955 | 5960 | ||
5956 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5961 | ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5957 | 5962 | ||
5958 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the | 5963 | Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the |
5959 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), | 5964 | address of the global data structure is known at compile time), |
5960 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat | 5965 | but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat |
5961 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on | 5966 | smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on |
5962 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, | 5967 | average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, |
5963 | 624 text + 127 data). | 5968 | 624 text + 127 data). |
5964 | 5969 | ||
5965 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: | 5970 | On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: |
5966 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface | 5971 | http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface |
5967 | 5972 | ||
5968 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5973 | ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5969 | 5974 | ||
5970 | On ARM, the following registers are used: | 5975 | On ARM, the following registers are used: |
5971 | 5976 | ||
5972 | R0: function argument word/integer result | 5977 | R0: function argument word/integer result |
5973 | R1-R3: function argument word | 5978 | R1-R3: function argument word |
5974 | R9: platform specific | 5979 | R9: platform specific |
5975 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) | 5980 | R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled) |
5976 | R11: argument (frame) pointer | 5981 | R11: argument (frame) pointer |
5977 | R12: temporary workspace | 5982 | R12: temporary workspace |
5978 | R13: stack pointer | 5983 | R13: stack pointer |
5979 | R14: link register | 5984 | R14: link register |
5980 | R15: program counter | 5985 | R15: program counter |
5981 | 5986 | ||
5982 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data | 5987 | ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data |
5983 | 5988 | ||
5984 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. | 5989 | Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported. |
5985 | 5990 | ||
5986 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: | 5991 | On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: |
5987 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf | 5992 | http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf |
5988 | 5993 | ||
5989 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data | 5994 | ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data |
5990 | 5995 | ||
5991 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp | 5996 | Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp |
5992 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. | 5997 | to access small data sections, so gp is free. |
5993 | 5998 | ||
5994 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: | 5999 | On NDS32, the following registers are used: |
5995 | 6000 | ||
5996 | R0-R1: argument/return | 6001 | R0-R1: argument/return |
5997 | R2-R5: argument | 6002 | R2-R5: argument |
5998 | R15: temporary register for assembler | 6003 | R15: temporary register for assembler |
5999 | R16: trampoline register | 6004 | R16: trampoline register |
6000 | R28: frame pointer (FP) | 6005 | R28: frame pointer (FP) |
6001 | R29: global pointer (GP) | 6006 | R29: global pointer (GP) |
6002 | R30: link register (LP) | 6007 | R30: link register (LP) |
6003 | R31: stack pointer (SP) | 6008 | R31: stack pointer (SP) |
6004 | PC: program counter (PC) | 6009 | PC: program counter (PC) |
6005 | 6010 | ||
6006 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data | 6011 | ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data |
6007 | 6012 | ||
6008 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, | 6013 | NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, |
6009 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. | 6014 | or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. |
6010 | 6015 | ||
6011 | Memory Management: | 6016 | Memory Management: |
6012 | ------------------ | 6017 | ------------------ |
6013 | 6018 | ||
6014 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the | 6019 | U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the |
6015 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. | 6020 | MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. |
6016 | 6021 | ||
6017 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory | 6022 | The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory |
6018 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each | 6023 | controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each |
6019 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several | 6024 | memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several |
6020 | physical memory banks. | 6025 | physical memory banks. |
6021 | 6026 | ||
6022 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on | 6027 | U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on |
6023 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After | 6028 | TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After |
6024 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself | 6029 | booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself |
6025 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some | 6030 | to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some |
6026 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN | 6031 | memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN |
6027 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board | 6032 | configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board |
6028 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). | 6033 | Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). |
6029 | 6034 | ||
6030 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB | 6035 | Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB |
6031 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). | 6036 | of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). |
6032 | 6037 | ||
6033 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like | 6038 | So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like |
6034 | this: | 6039 | this: |
6035 | 6040 | ||
6036 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code | 6041 | 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code |
6037 | : | 6042 | : |
6038 | 0x0000 1FFF | 6043 | 0x0000 1FFF |
6039 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use | 6044 | 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use |
6040 | : | 6045 | : |
6041 | : | 6046 | : |
6042 | 6047 | ||
6043 | : | 6048 | : |
6044 | : | 6049 | : |
6045 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) | 6050 | 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) |
6046 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data | 6051 | 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data |
6047 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena | 6052 | 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena |
6048 | : | 6053 | : |
6049 | 0x00FD FFFF | 6054 | 0x00FD FFFF |
6050 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code | 6055 | 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code |
6051 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer | 6056 | ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer |
6052 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) | 6057 | ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) |
6053 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] | 6058 | 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] |
6054 | 6059 | ||
6055 | 6060 | ||
6056 | System Initialization: | 6061 | System Initialization: |
6057 | ---------------------- | 6062 | ---------------------- |
6058 | 6063 | ||
6059 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point | 6064 | In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point |
6060 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset | 6065 | (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset |
6061 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. | 6066 | configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. |
6062 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. | 6067 | To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. |
6063 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) | 6068 | To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) |
6064 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs | 6069 | initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs |
6065 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked | 6070 | which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked |
6066 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, | 6071 | part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, |
6067 | the caches and the SIU. | 6072 | the caches and the SIU. |
6068 | 6073 | ||
6069 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a | 6074 | Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a |
6070 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries | 6075 | preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries |
6071 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash | 6076 | (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash |
6072 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is | 6077 | on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is |
6073 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a | 6078 | programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a |
6074 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM | 6079 | simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM |
6075 | banks. | 6080 | banks. |
6076 | 6081 | ||
6077 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of | 6082 | When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of |
6078 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first | 6083 | different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first |
6079 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address | 6084 | bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address |
6080 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create | 6085 | 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create |
6081 | contiguous memory starting from 0. | 6086 | contiguous memory starting from 0. |
6082 | 6087 | ||
6083 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area | 6088 | Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area |
6084 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board | 6089 | and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board |
6085 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM | 6090 | Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM |
6086 | pages, and the final stack is set up. | 6091 | pages, and the final stack is set up. |
6087 | 6092 | ||
6088 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; | 6093 | Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; |
6089 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are | 6094 | until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are |
6090 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a | 6095 | running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a |
6091 | new address in RAM. | 6096 | new address in RAM. |
6092 | 6097 | ||
6093 | 6098 | ||
6094 | U-Boot Porting Guide: | 6099 | U-Boot Porting Guide: |
6095 | ---------------------- | 6100 | ---------------------- |
6096 | 6101 | ||
6097 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing | 6102 | [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing |
6098 | list, October 2002] | 6103 | list, October 2002] |
6099 | 6104 | ||
6100 | 6105 | ||
6101 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) | 6106 | int main(int argc, char *argv[]) |
6102 | { | 6107 | { |
6103 | sighandler_t no_more_time; | 6108 | sighandler_t no_more_time; |
6104 | 6109 | ||
6105 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); | 6110 | signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); |
6106 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); | 6111 | alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); |
6107 | 6112 | ||
6108 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { | 6113 | if (available_money > available_manpower) { |
6109 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; | 6114 | Pay consultant to port U-Boot; |
6110 | return 0; | 6115 | return 0; |
6111 | } | 6116 | } |
6112 | 6117 | ||
6113 | Download latest U-Boot source; | 6118 | Download latest U-Boot source; |
6114 | 6119 | ||
6115 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; | 6120 | Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; |
6116 | 6121 | ||
6117 | if (clueless) | 6122 | if (clueless) |
6118 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); | 6123 | email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); |
6119 | 6124 | ||
6120 | while (learning) { | 6125 | while (learning) { |
6121 | Read the README file in the top level directory; | 6126 | Read the README file in the top level directory; |
6122 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; | 6127 | Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; |
6123 | Read applicable doc/*.README; | 6128 | Read applicable doc/*.README; |
6124 | Read the source, Luke; | 6129 | Read the source, Luke; |
6125 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ | 6130 | /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ |
6126 | } | 6131 | } |
6127 | 6132 | ||
6128 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) | 6133 | if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) |
6129 | Buy a BDI3000; | 6134 | Buy a BDI3000; |
6130 | else | 6135 | else |
6131 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; | 6136 | Add a lot of aggravation and time; |
6132 | 6137 | ||
6133 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ | 6138 | if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ |
6134 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> | 6139 | cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> |
6135 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h | 6140 | cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h |
6136 | } else { | 6141 | } else { |
6137 | Create your own board support subdirectory; | 6142 | Create your own board support subdirectory; |
6138 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; | 6143 | Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; |
6139 | } | 6144 | } |
6140 | Edit new board/<myboard> files | 6145 | Edit new board/<myboard> files |
6141 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h | 6146 | Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h |
6142 | 6147 | ||
6143 | while (!accepted) { | 6148 | while (!accepted) { |
6144 | while (!running) { | 6149 | while (!running) { |
6145 | do { | 6150 | do { |
6146 | Add / modify source code; | 6151 | Add / modify source code; |
6147 | } until (compiles); | 6152 | } until (compiles); |
6148 | Debug; | 6153 | Debug; |
6149 | if (clueless) | 6154 | if (clueless) |
6150 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); | 6155 | email("Hi, I am having problems..."); |
6151 | } | 6156 | } |
6152 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; | 6157 | Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; |
6153 | if (reasonable critiques) | 6158 | if (reasonable critiques) |
6154 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; | 6159 | Incorporate improvements from email list code review; |
6155 | else | 6160 | else |
6156 | Defend code as written; | 6161 | Defend code as written; |
6157 | } | 6162 | } |
6158 | 6163 | ||
6159 | return 0; | 6164 | return 0; |
6160 | } | 6165 | } |
6161 | 6166 | ||
6162 | void no_more_time (int sig) | 6167 | void no_more_time (int sig) |
6163 | { | 6168 | { |
6164 | hire_a_guru(); | 6169 | hire_a_guru(); |
6165 | } | 6170 | } |
6166 | 6171 | ||
6167 | 6172 | ||
6168 | Coding Standards: | 6173 | Coding Standards: |
6169 | ----------------- | 6174 | ----------------- |
6170 | 6175 | ||
6171 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel | 6176 | All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel |
6172 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script | 6177 | coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script |
6173 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. | 6178 | "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. |
6174 | 6179 | ||
6175 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the | 6180 | Source files originating from a different project (for example the |
6176 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not | 6181 | MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not |
6177 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those | 6182 | reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those |
6178 | sources. | 6183 | sources. |
6179 | 6184 | ||
6180 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in | 6185 | Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in |
6181 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) | 6186 | Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) |
6182 | in your code. | 6187 | in your code. |
6183 | 6188 | ||
6184 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: | 6189 | Please also stick to the following formatting rules: |
6185 | - remove any trailing white space | 6190 | - remove any trailing white space |
6186 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces | 6191 | - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces |
6187 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds | 6192 | - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds |
6188 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files | 6193 | - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files |
6189 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files | 6194 | - do not add trailing empty lines to source files |
6190 | 6195 | ||
6191 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned | 6196 | Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned |
6192 | with a request to reformat the changes. | 6197 | with a request to reformat the changes. |
6193 | 6198 | ||
6194 | 6199 | ||
6195 | Submitting Patches: | 6200 | Submitting Patches: |
6196 | ------------------- | 6201 | ------------------- |
6197 | 6202 | ||
6198 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to | 6203 | Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to |
6199 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules | 6204 | establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules |
6200 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. | 6205 | may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. |
6201 | 6206 | ||
6202 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. | 6207 | Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. |
6203 | 6208 | ||
6204 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; | 6209 | Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; |
6205 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot | 6210 | see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot |
6206 | 6211 | ||
6207 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with | 6212 | When you send a patch, please include the following information with |
6208 | it: | 6213 | it: |
6209 | 6214 | ||
6210 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes | 6215 | * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes |
6211 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the | 6216 | this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the |
6212 | patch actually fixes something. | 6217 | patch actually fixes something. |
6213 | 6218 | ||
6214 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your | 6219 | * For new features: a description of the feature and your |
6215 | implementation. | 6220 | implementation. |
6216 | 6221 | ||
6217 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) | 6222 | * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) |
6218 | 6223 | ||
6219 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file | 6224 | * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file |
6220 | 6225 | ||
6221 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a | 6226 | * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a |
6222 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. | 6227 | maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too. |
6223 | 6228 | ||
6224 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to | 6229 | * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to |
6225 | document these in the README file. | 6230 | document these in the README file. |
6226 | 6231 | ||
6227 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* | 6232 | * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* |
6228 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the | 6233 | recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the |
6229 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to | 6234 | "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to |
6230 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems | 6235 | the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems |
6231 | with some other mail clients. | 6236 | with some other mail clients. |
6232 | 6237 | ||
6233 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of | 6238 | If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of |
6234 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of | 6239 | diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of |
6235 | GNU diff. | 6240 | GNU diff. |
6236 | 6241 | ||
6237 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent | 6242 | The current directory when running this command shall be the parent |
6238 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that | 6243 | directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that |
6239 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the | 6244 | your patch includes sufficient directory information for the |
6240 | affected files). | 6245 | affected files). |
6241 | 6246 | ||
6242 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, | 6247 | We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, |
6243 | and compressed attachments must not be used. | 6248 | and compressed attachments must not be used. |
6244 | 6249 | ||
6245 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several | 6250 | * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several |
6246 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. | 6251 | files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. |
6247 | 6252 | ||
6248 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be | 6253 | * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be |
6249 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. | 6254 | submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. |
6250 | 6255 | ||
6251 | 6256 | ||
6252 | Notes: | 6257 | Notes: |
6253 | 6258 | ||
6254 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched | 6259 | * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched |
6255 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported | 6260 | source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported |
6256 | for any of the boards. | 6261 | for any of the boards. |
6257 | 6262 | ||
6258 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch | 6263 | * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch |
6259 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be | 6264 | containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be |
6260 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. | 6265 | returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. |
6261 | 6266 | ||
6262 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not | 6267 | * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not |
6263 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! | 6268 | add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! |
6264 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only | 6269 | When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only |
6265 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature | 6270 | (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature |
6266 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your | 6271 | disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your |
6267 | modification. | 6272 | modification. |
6268 | 6273 | ||
6269 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the | 6274 | * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the |
6270 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are | 6275 | u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are |
6271 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches | 6276 | reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches |
6272 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. | 6277 | bigger than the size limit should be avoided. |
6273 | 6278 |